English Ahead (International) Lower Sec Student Book 3

ENGLISH
ENGLISH International Lower Secondary has been carefully

crafted to challenge second language English learners. With integrated
video, audio and authentic texts, the series exposes students to a range
of communication techniques and encourages them to reason and think
critically. ENGLISH
With structured guidance in reading, listening, speaking and writing, the
series builds language skills in a measured, holistic way and encourages
students to read and write with purpose.
The student-centred activities encourage collaboration as well as build

International
International Lower Secondary Student Book 3

students’ knowledge of the world around them.
Lower Secondary
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
International
STUDENT BOOK
International International
Lower Secondary
International Lower Secondary Workbook 3
Lower Secondary Lower Secondary
International Lower Secondary Teacher’s Guide 3

STUDENT BOOK WORKBOOK TEACHER’S GUIDE
Jeremy Bowell • Philip Wood
Adrian Tennant
Jeremy Bowell
Philip Wood Adrian Tennant

About Marshall Cavendish Education
At Marshall Cavendish Education, we believe that high-quality educational content is vital for ensuring
effective teaching and learning. We strive to empower lives by transmitting knowledge, processes
and skills through providing unique educational solutions, and we have been doing so for more
than 60 years.
Our materials are research-based, and our authors are subject experts and experienced educators. Our
insistence on quality has enabled our materials to be approved by the Singapore Ministry of Education
since the 1980s. Over the years, our materials have also gained international recognition and are now
used in over 70 countries.
Headquartered in Singapore, we have offices in Thailand, Hong Kong, China, Chile, the United Kingdom
and the United States.
For more information, visit www.mceducation.com.

ISBN 978-981-48-2393-7
Jeremy Bowell
9 7 89 8 1 4 82 3 9 37
Philip Wood
(E)EngAhead_INT_SB3_Cvr.indd 2-4 6/12/18 6:27 PM

© 2019 Marshall Cavendish Education Pte Ltd
Published by Marshall Cavendish Education

Times Centre, 1 New Industrial Road, Singapore 536196
Customer Service Hotline: (65) 6213 9688
E-mail: cs@mceducation.com
Website: www.mceducation.com
First published 2019
All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system

or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission
of the copyright owner. Any requests for permission should be
addressed to the Publisher.
Marshall Cavendish is a registered trademark of Times Publishing Limited.
ISBN 978-981-48-2393-7
Printed in Malaysia

ENGLISH
International
Lower Secondary
STUDENT BOOK
Jeremy Bowell
Philip Wood
(E)EngAhead_INT_SB3_TP.indd 1 7/12/18 2:23 PM

English Ahead is a comprehensive, theme-based, three-level language and literacy programme.
It is based on the Cambridge Assessment International Education (CAIE) syllabus for lower
secondary (Stages 7, 8, and 9), and broadly reflects the B1 – C1 bands of the Common European
Framework of Reference (CEFR).
English Ahead aims to make English engaging and enjoyable for teens through age-appropriate
texts, appealing photographs, and stimulating audio and video clips. The content of the
programme is carefully designed to blend modern, global themes alongside Asia-specific
contexts, which Asian teens can relate to. This will encourage them to contribute their own ideas
and experiences, thereby building confidence.
For best results, the audio and video clips in the DVD-ROM should be transferred onto a desktop
to run the files.
Student Book sample pages:
Starter unit
Active & passive Reported speech
5 Complete the text with the present
simple or past simple form of the verbs
6 Complete the sentences using reported
speech so they mean the same as
the text in the speech bubbles.
A short revision unit at the start of each level
enables teachers to gauge students’ prior
in brackets. Use the active or passive
voice where necessary. 1
I don’t usually go out

The Great Wall of China that we 1 at the weekend.
knowledge of English grammar.

(know) today 2 (make) up of a
number of different walls that 3 (build)
over many hundreds of years. In fact, work on the
first walls 4 (start) around 7th century Yasmin said she at the weekend.
BCE. However, most of the wall that tourists
5
(visit) today comes from the time 2 I’ve just seen one of my
of the Ming Dynasty (1368–1644). favourite actors in the
supermarket.
The wall 6
(build) with millions of
tonnes of bricks, stone, and mud. A few years
ago Chinese scientists 7 (find) that
sticky rice 8 (sometimes / use) to hold
the bricks in place. And how were all the bricks Josh told me that he
and stones transported up the hills to where they in the supermarket.
9
(need)? They 10 (carry)
by people and animals. And it was dangerous
work, too. It 11 (believe) that over 3 I’m doing my homework
a million people died while so I can’t go out.
the wall 12
(build).
Xinyi said that she

so she .
4 I didn’t go to school yesterday

because I wasn’t feeling well.
Natalia explained that she

the day before because she .
5 This has been the best

holiday ever.
6
Somboon said that .
I really want to go to the beach

Unit opener
this weekend.
10
Carla said that she
that weekend.
Each of the 10 theme-based units opens with
an authentic video clip or an audio track, to
kick-start class discussion.
Speaking activities 7 Vocabulary 1 Extreme nature

Vocabulary 1
1 Read and listen to the online article.
on the unit opener

7.2 Match four of the disasters in the
An engaging
article to the photos.
Learning Home | Features | Blog | About
page introduce key Emergency!

DID YOU KNOW? | ARTICLES | VIDEOS | PHOTOS | FUN FACTS
reading text
Planet Earth can be a dangerous place because, sometimes, nature gets angry!
• Under the Earth, there is a hot liquid called magma. Volcanic eruptions occur when magma is
vocabulary and
forced to the surface.
• Huge clouds are formed when the air above warm ocean water rises. This sometimes causes
based on the
hurricanes, which can be very strong.
• Dust storms are common in dry areas. They occur when strong winds blow sand or dirt into
the air.
kick-start class
a
• Hail storms are storms where hard balls of ice fall onto the ground!
theme of the unit

• When the temperature is high for many days, woodland gets very dry. This is when wild fires start.
• Avalanches occur when snow falls down a slope quickly. They’re spectacular and very dangerous!
• The surface of the Earth consists of tectonic plates, which move slowly. When they hit or slide
discussion. Probing
The earthquake in Nepal against each other, earthquakes occur. Earthquakes can cause rocks and earth to move downhill.
This is called a landslide.
enables students
1 Watch a documentary about an
7.1 earthquake. What is the main reason why
Edwin has come back to Nepal? Read the online article again. Match When there is a major , you
and stimulating
2 4
the statements (1–4) to the words and can hear the sound and see the smoke from
a to take photos of the disaster for a newspaper
to encounter key
phrases in bold. many miles away.
b to see the best way he can help the people b 5 I was sitting at home when the walls started
affected by the earthquake 1 Ouch! Did you feel that on your head? Let’s to move, but fortunately it wasn’t a very
c to visit old friends who have suffered because of go inside until it stops! big .
questions encourage
the earthquake 2 There was a small one yesterday, but I didn’t 6 All the cars in the street are covered in dirt
d to raise money to help the victims of the feel it.
vocabulary in
because there’s been a .
earthquake 3 This village no longer exists. It was 7 In , trees and buildings can be
completely covered by earth 50 years ago. moved a very long way downhill.
2 Watch the video again. Answer the 4 I can’t see where I’m going. My eyes hurt and 8 You mustn’t use matches in dry grassland
students to think
questions. my mouth’s dry! because you might start a .
context. A wide
1 When did the earthquake happen?
2 What does Edwin think about the media 3 Complete the sentences with the words 4 Discuss the questions.
attention? and phrases in bold.
• Which of the disasters described in the online
critically and bring

3 What does Edwin want to find out? 1 You mustn’t go skiing when there’s a risk of article can be a problem in your country?
4 How many houses have been destroyed in the an . Try to think of specific examples.
range of text types

city that Edwin visits with Suraj? c 2 The season for in the Asia- • Do you think you live in a country with a high
5 What was it like for Suraj when he came back Pacific region is from November to April. risk of natural disasters? If yes, discuss how
to his hometown? In that part of the world, they’re often called you feel about this.
their prior knowledge

cyclones. • Have you had any experience of a natural
3 Discuss the questions. 3 Immediately after a very big , disaster? Talk about it.
and engaging
• What do you think of what Edwin’s doing? Why? it can look as if it’s snowed, but the ice • Have you watched any films about natural
• Is it possible to protect people against quickly melts. disasters? Describe what happens.
earthquakes? If yes, how?
and opinions about

• Can you think of any natural disasters that have
happened recently? Talk about them.
photographs
the theme, to the d
generate students’
discussion.
Workbook p. 53
80 81
interest.
(E)ESL_SB3_WalkThrough.indd 2 12/10/18 2:17 pm

Reading
The theme-based reading texts become progressively more challenging through
each Student Book, and are specially chosen to be age-appropriate and engaging.
Pre-reading tasks stimulate thinking around the theme. An audio recording of the
text enables students to listen as they read, thereby enhancing understanding and
developing both reading and listening skills.
Learning skills
Reading Let’s go to Copenhagen
are highlighted,
Copenhagen:
1 so that students
Look at the photos. Discuss the 3 Read and listen to the magazine article
Europe’s happiest capital

questions. again. Complete the sentences with
become more
• What can you see in the photos? words in the article.
• Where in the world do you think it is? 1 The writer wasn’t to find out
• What are your first impressions of this city? that people in Denmark are among the
happiest in the world.
effective learners.
2 Read and listen to the magazine article. 2 Hygge refers to a warm and friendly Visitors to Denmark’s capital city, Copenhagen, won’t be
. surprised to learn that the Danes are among the happiest
5.3 Choose the correct answers.
3 You can see the and the people in the world and the city is one of the greenest.
1 According to the first paragraph, Could it be because less than 30% of households own
either on foot or in a boat.
a 30% of Danish people don’t use a car. a car and 55% of people in the city cycle to work or school
4 Tivoli Gardens looks spectacular at night
b more people cycle to work than drive in every day? Perhaps it’s because in Denmark, people love
because of all the .
Coperhager. to create a friendly, warm and cosy atmosphere and enjoy
5 There are lots of cycle where
c hospitals are very expensive in Denmark. the good things in life wherever they go. They even have a
you can safely ride your bike.
word for it: hygge.
2 What is a cinnamon snail?
a A café in Nyhavn Subskill In Copenhagen, it isn’t difficult to find your own hygge.
b Something you eat You can start each morning with a delicious sweet Danish
c Something you drink Understanding devices used pastry, such as a cinnamon snail in one of the many
by a writer to express intentions colourful cafés in Nyhavn. Then you can either take
3 Where’s the best place to experience hygge? Writers use a variety of techniques to express a boat ride or walk around the harbour and along the
a At Tivoli Gardens different intentions. quiet canals. Whether you prefer a quiet walk or an
b At a Dane’s home • Dramatic and emotional adjectives are used to exciting adventure, you should visit Tivoli Gardens.
c On a canal boat attract attention and create strong feelings. There are beautiful gardens filled with exotic plants and
• Lists of three or more things can be used interesting architecture to see, as well as one of the
4 Who has Copenhagen been voted the best to show the writer has lots of evidence to world’s oldest theme parks with rollercoasters both old
city for? support their idea. and new. And if you go in the evening, thousands of
a children • Questions are often used to try to engage and coloured lights create an amazing atmosphere.
b pedestrians involve readers in a text.
c cyclists • Imperatives can be used to appeal directly to After a day’s sightseeing, there’s no better place to
a reader. experience traditional Danish hospitality and hygge than at
5 What does the city use to keep its home with a Danish family. But don’t worry if you haven’t
residents cool in the summer? got any Danish friends as there’s now a website that will
a water from the harbour 4 Read the magazine article again. Find introduce you to local people who would love to share their
b solar power and underline examples of devices the dinner, their home and their hygge with you.
c windmills writer has used to express intentions.
Explain why the writer has used them. If you really want to experience the city as the locals do and
get fit at the same time, either hire a bicycle from one of the
city’s many cycle shops or borrow one of the new electric
5 Discuss the questions. ‘smart’ bikes that you’ll find all over the city. And with over
• Which are the greenest cities in your country? 350 km of safe cycling paths, it’s no surprise that it has
Why? been voted the best city in the world for cycling.
• Which cities in your country are best for
– tourists? But what makes Copenhagen one of the greenest cities in the world is happening away from the canals,
– students? the cafés and the gardens. For a city that gets very cold in winter, it’s important to keep warm, and it has
– people who like sports? one of the most efficient central heating systems in the world. In fact, over 98% of homes are connected
to the city’s heating system, which uses large amounts of renewable, clean energy. Keeping cool in the
summer is also important, so recently the city has developed a unique central air cooling system that uses
the cold water from the canals and harbour to help do that.
So if you’re looking for a green, healthy and happy place to visit where you’re sure to find hygge, you can
rely on Copenhagen. See you there!
Glossary
cosy warm and comfortable
pastry a food made from flour, water and fat
that is baked
theme park a large park where you can ride on
different machines for fun
Finished? p. 128 Workbook pp. 38–39

60 61
Comprehension questions check A glossary accompanies each

understanding. Discussion and reading text, and contains
personalisation questions give explanations to support
students the opportunity to relate understanding of the more
the text to their own experiences. challenging words.
Language focus 1 just, already, still, yet Language focus 2 Active & passive: Perfect tenses
Active & passive: Perfect tenses
We use just, already, still and yet with the present perfect. Active Passive
just
We use just to talk about something that happened a short
subject + has/have + just + past participle Present +/- subject + has/have + past participle subject + has/have been + past participle
time ago.
They’ve just had a son, Amir. perfect
simple ? has/have + subject + past participle has/have + subject + been + past participle
We use already to talk about something that happened Past +/- subject + had + past participle subject + had been + past participle
already
early or before we expected. perfect
subject + has/have + already + past participle ? had + subject + past participle had + subject + been + past participle
Faiza has already got married. simple
We use still to talk about something that hasn’t finished, We use an active tense when we know and when we want to say who did the action.
that we expected to finish or something that hasn’t China hasn’t forgotten what it gained from so many years of Ming rule.
still happened that we expected to happen. By the end of 1358, Zhu’s army had attacked the capital Nanjing.
subject + still + has/have not + past participle The workmen still haven’t finished repairing the road.
I still haven’t watched the new James Bond film. We use the passive tense when we don’t know or it is not obvious who did the action.
This influence has been felt ever since.
We use yet in questions and negative sentences. We use it He had been educated at a local school.
yet
Language focus
to talk about things that we expect to happen. Yet means
subject + has/have not + past participle + yet
at any time until now. We also use the passive tense when we want to put the more important noun first. We can use by after the
have + subject + participle + yet?
Have you tidied your room yet? verb to say who or what did the action.
She hasn’t told her parents the news yet. The country had been hit by many natural disasters.
Tip box
We only use just and already in affirmative sentences. We use still

in questions, affirmative, and negative sentences. We use yet in
negative sentences and questions.
1 and 2 1 Choose the correct answers.
1 My brother has given / has been given
a new watch by my parents.
3 Read the online news report. Rewrite
the underlined parts in the passive.
2 Before we arrived, my aunt had cooked /

had been cooked lunch.
1
Staff have added a new
3 The road outside our house has closed / painting to the city museum’s
Grammar notes
1 Choose the correct answers. 2 Put the words in brackets in the correct has been closed for three days. art collection. The painting,
position in the sentences. 4 Have you seen the school? All the called The Sisters, is by
classrooms have painted / have been painted. French artist Claude Augustin.
Asmi 1 My cousin has had a baby girl. How exciting! (just)
5 My cousin has invited / has been invited
2
Augustin painted it in 1843
2 I can’t believe my team hasn’t won a football
and examples
us to his birthday party. and 3Augustin’s family has
match this season. (still) given it to the museum to
Hi Asmi, 3 Have you moved into your new house? (yet) 6 The teacher had started / had been started
the lesson when Harry arrived. celebrate the museum’s 100th
4 It’s only autumn but there has been a few birthday. Before it arrived at
How are you? snowstorms in the mountains. (already) 7 All the tickets for the concert have sold /
the museum, 4the painting was kept in a bank vault.
vault
are presented in
5 She’s lived in Vietnam for two years but she have been sold.
8 Smoking has banned / has been banned
5
Staff have cleaned the painting and 6experts have
Have you been shopping for the party hasn’t visited Phu Quoc. (yet)
in this building. recently valued it to be worth over $2 million, which
1
just / yet / already? I’ve 2already / still / 6 Dad’s finished work so he’s going to be home will make it the museum’s most valuable work of art.
yet made the cake and bought some late tonight. (just)
(
2 Complete the sentences. Use passive It will be on show from next Saturday.
orange juice and now I’m going
tables for ease of

to buy some presents. I’m a bit 3 Write complete sentences in the present present perfect or past perfect form of
annoyed with my brother because perfect. Use the words in brackets and the words in brackets. 4 Listen and check your answers to exercise 3.
he hasn’t done anything to help just, already, still, yet. 1.6
1 Three soldiers (give) a special award
3
still / just / yet. I’ve 4yet / already / just
understanding.
1 A: Do you want to watch Star Wars? by the president this morning. 5 Complete the sentences so that they are
had a message from my cousin
B: No, thanks. (I / watch / three times) 2 The wall (build) many years before true for you. Use the active or passive
Amra. She 5still / just / already hasn’t
2 A: Do you know where Rami is? the city. perfect tenses.
left home. I really hope she isn’t late.
B: Yes. (I / see / him / in the corridor) 3 Football (play) in this stadium
3 A: What do you think of the exhibition? since 1932. 1 I recently (give)
These are followed

See you tonight! .
B: I don’t know. (I / not see / it) 4 When we got home, we saw that the window
4 A: Ali’s been in the library for four hours. (break).
break
break). 2 Before I started school, I (teach)
Aleena .
B: I know. (he / not finish / his history essay) 5 My grandfather ((just tell) not to eat
too much salt by his doctor. 3 I (watch) British
by a range of practice
4 Listen and check your answers to 6 All the flowers in the garden (pick).
pick
pick). films, before I was .
1.4 exercise 3. 4 During my life, I (invite)
to .
5 I always
and reinforcement
(encourage) to by my parents.
Finished? p. 124 Workbook p. 8 Finished? p. 124 Workbook pp. 10–11
exercises.
18 20

Vocabulary 2
This additional vocabulary section further builds students’ breadth and range of vocabulary,
as well as visual literacy skills through the use of attractive and stimulating photographs.
Vocabulary 2 Living together
1
5.4
Read and listen to the forum posts. Match the people (1 – 4) to the photos (a – d).
Listening What are they watching?

Listening
The topic of the audio
1 Look at the photos from films and TV 2 Listen to five short dialogues from
programmes. Then discuss the questions. 4.6 films and TV programmes. Match the
• What do you think is happening genres in the box to the dialogues (1 – 5).
in each photo? There are two extra genres.
track is introduced
a b • What do you think the people are saying?
documentary romantic comedy
soap opera science fiction film
news talent show
action film
1
2
3
4
5 through engaging
photographs so that
c d
3 Listen again. Write the correct dialogue
3 Tan, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia number in each sentence.
1 Daniela, California, USA We live quite close to one of the big TV studios
students think and

1 In dialogue , someone isn’t concerned
We live in a popular tourist area. Some people here. If you’re lucky you can sometimes rub by what has just happened.
don’t like to talk to them, but I think it’s important shoulders with celebrities in some of the local 2 Someone is trying to share something
to build bridges between the locals and tourists. cafés. important in dialogue .
My parents have made some really good friends 4 Aisyah, Jakarta, Indonesia 3 In dialogue , someone is concerned about
speak before they listen.

with some of the tourists who come here again There are people from all over the world living in what may happen in the future.
and again. In fact, we go back years with a Jakarta. Some keep themselves at arm’s length 4 Someone is pleasantly surprised by what
couple of families
2 Harry, from
Norfolk, UKEurope. from the local people, but I’ve made some really someone else has said in dialogue .
We’ve just moved to Norfolk. It was tough at good friends at my international school. It’s cool 5 In dialogue , someone is trying to explain
They also develop

first because we got off on the wrong foot with that you can be on the same page as people a problem.
our neighbours when my dad parked his car in from around the world.
the wrong place. We didn’t see eye to eye for a 4 Listen again. Answer the questions.
while, but we get on like a house on fire now.
1 In dialogue 1, why do you think Jack has
their comprehension,
to ask his parents to listen to him ‘for a
2 Read and listen to the forum posts 4 The fourth speaker is as his minute’?
again. Match the phrases in bold to the friends. 2 In dialogue 2, what is the officer deeply
definitions (1 – 8). 5 The fifth speaker with his concerned about?
inferring and critical

neighbours. 3 In dialogue 3, how do you think the singer’s
1 start a relationship badly 6 The sixth speaker helped performance is going to change her life?
2 think in a similar way between two of her friends. 4 In dialogue 4, what is the narrator really
3 enjoy someone’s company very much 7 The seventh speaker and his best friend surprised about?
4 agree at first but soon made friends. 5 In dialogue 5, what does the woman think
thinking skills by
5 know someone for a long time will be a complete disaster?
6 don’t become too friendly with someone 4 Complete the sentences so they are
7 have the chance to meet true for you. 5 Discuss the questions.
8 help people understand each other and
1 I don’t usually see eye to eye with people
discussing the
get on • Which of the films or TV programmes would
who … you most like to watch? Why?
3 Listen to the speakers. Complete the 2 I get on like a house on fire with … • What type of people usually watch these
5.6 sentences about each person with the 3 I’m on the same page as … types of film and TV programmes? Why?
correct phrases in bold. 4 I go back years with …
follow-up questions.
5 I got off on the wrong foot with …
1 The first speaker doesn’t with 6 I usually keep people at arm’s length who …
his neighbours.
2 The second speaker her 5 Work in pairs. Compare your answers
neighbours . with a classmate. Then ask each other
3 The third speaker some famous more questions about your answers.
people at the film premiere.
Workbook p. 41
63
53
Speaking
Students listen to a recorded speaking model to familiarise themselves with the target
language. They then engage in pair work and group work to develop their speaking skills.
Speaking My celebrity family
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the questions.

1 Which of these people would you most like to have in your family?
Why?
Writing Leaving school
Writing
2 Which of these people would you least like to have in your family?
Why?
2
1.8
Listen to three students talking about which celebrities they
would choose in a celebrity family video game. Answer the
questions.
A writing model and
scaffolded questions
1 Which celebrities did they consider? Bart Simpson
2 Which two celebrities did they agree on?
3 Listen again. Tick (✓) the phrases the students use.
Useful phrases
Making a choice
provide students with
a guide for their own
• I like the idea of …
• I’m quite keen on … 1 Look at the photo. Discuss the 3 Read the reflection again and underline
• I’d go for … questions. the key words in the topic sentences
• I’d opt for … Jackie Chan
that tell you what the paragraphs are
writing.
• What do you think is happening in the photo?
• How do you think these students are feeling? about.
Explaining a choice • What will you miss the most when you leave
• I think he/she would be … your school? 4 Make notes about three different things
• I’ve chosen … because …
that you will miss most when you leave
• The reason for my choice is that … 2 Read part of Zarina’s reflection on school.
leaving school. Decide what the two
Rejecting a choice things are that she mentions she will
• I don’t think … would be as … as … miss the most. 5 Plan your reflection of what you will
• The problem with … is that …
miss most about school. Think about
your introduction and conclusion and
• I’d rather go for … What will you miss most about
Oprah Winfrey include one thing you will miss in each
Coming to an agreement
• OK. Let’s go with …
school after you have left? paragraph and some reasons why.
It is often said that your school days are the Paragraph 1

• We need to make a decision. best days of your life. As far as I’m concerned, Start with a powerful sentence that introduces
• Can we agree on …? it’s true. I’ve had an amazing experience the topic
• OK, that’s agreed. at my school and there are many things that I
will miss when I leave.
Paragraph 2
4 Imagine you’re going to play Celebrity Families with your For me, the most important thing about The most important thing you’ll miss and why
friends. Choose a celebrity brother or sister. Make notes school is my friends. We spend every day
about why you chose him/her. George Clooney
together, learning and playing. They are funny, Paragraph 3
sympathetic and kind. Although I’ll still see The next most important thing you’ll miss
5 Work in groups. Discuss who you would like as your celebrity them after I’ve left, it probably won’t be every
brother or sister. Make sure you and why
day, so I will miss them all very much.
• talk about your choice.
• explain the reasons for your choice. As well as the students, it’s the teachers Paragraph 4
• reject choices you don’t agree with. that make the school. I will never forget the Another thing you’ll miss and why
• come to an agreement. teachers that I have had. They have taught
• use your notes from exercise 4 and the phrases in the Useful me so much, have been patient, kind and
phrases box from exercise 3. understanding and have made learning such Paragraph 5
a wonderful experience. Once I’ve left, I will A summary that refers back to the introduction
miss them and will remember them forever.
Michelle Yeoh
6 Write your reflection using your plan
Tip box from exercise 5. Make sure each
Topic sentences paragraph starts with a topic sentence.
22 Then check your work.
When you write a reflection or personal
exposition, it’s a good idea to start each new
paragraph with a topic sentence that quickly tells
the reader what it is going to be about.
Workbook p. 20
33
Useful phrases from the

recorded model are practised Tip box
in pairs or groups.
Tips on punctuation
are provided to help
students in their
writing tasks.

Self-Check Self-Check E
1 Five sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question, choose the 2 For each question, write the correct 4 For each question, choose the correct
A self-check section for

correct answer. There are three extra sentences which you do not need to use. answer. Write one word for each gap. answer.
You will hear a radio interview with a young
mystery writer called Adeena.
each unit allows students

ABOUT ARTICLE MAGAZINE CAREERS CONTACT US
Myster ous music

to further revise what they Imagine you are in a boat far out at sea. Suddenly, you
have learnt, monitor their

hear a loud, deep, and melodious song. 1 Then,
it starts again. You look around you, but you can see It was my first day in the new school. I had
nothing but water everywhere. So, who is out there 1
leave my village school because
making such mysterious but beautiful music? my parents wanted to move to the city to
own progress and identify

get better jobs.
Scientists call this music a whale song. 2 Human
composers who have heard it have been amazed by it. The class teacher made me stand in front
But this music is actually made by some species of whale like of the whole class to introduce 2 . 1 What is Adeena’s most recent success?
the blue whale and the humpback whale, and it is mainly the I was so nervous, I could hardly speak a She published her first book.
areas of difficulty that

male whales that sing. The whales sometimes produce these above a whisper. I saw a boy sitting in the b Her newest book sold well.
songs when they are feeding. 3
Apparently, they sing to corner, with his arms folded. 3 he c She won a story-writing competition.
attract female humpback whales. According to scientists, some whales roll his eyes when I was speaking? How 2 Adeena started writing mystery stories at the
communicate their feelings of loneliness through these songs. They may even sing the songs to express rude! In my old school, no one would age of
need further study.

their sadness over the loss of a loved one. 4
dared to behave like that in class. a 5.
I made up my mind not to have anything to b 10.
Each of these whale songs can last from a few minutes to half an hour, and it is then repeated. The singing do 5 that boy at all. c 19.
can go on for hours, or even days. 4 What is more amazing is that whales from the same social
group sing the same song at the same time even when they are very far apart. On the other hand, whales However, that boy turned out to be my 3 Adeena’s first published book was
that belong to different social groups sing different songs even when they are together. The melodies may best friend, Alan. I look back on that a written with her English teacher’s help.
change over time, but whales belonging to the same group always sing the same songs. Research shows first day we met, and realise that first b discovered by her mum.
that this helps the whales to keep track of their group members, and to communicate important information impressions are 6 always accurate. c the result of a competition.
to one another within the group. We should give others another chance to 4 What does Adeena do when she has
an inspiration?
Although scientists have been studying whale songs for a long time, they continue to wonder why whales a She writes it down.
sing. 5 But maybe this is not a bad thing, for the beauty of nature often lies in its mystery. And the b She tells her parents about it.
mystery of this music created by Mother Nature could be part of the reason why it sounds so beautiful to c She forgets about it until the school
the human ear. holidays.
a Male humpbacks also use them to show that they are fit and healthy. 5 Adeena writes mainly mystery stories
b They are carnivores and feed on small sea creatures. because
c They have yet to figure out the complex meanings of these songs. a she writes them best.
d A whale song does not sound as good as man-made music. b her first published story was a
e Just as you are starting to enjoy it, the song ends. mystery story.
f It is very loud, and can be heard over great distances. c her favourite writer is a mystery writer.
g It sounds like the music that people make. 6 How does Adeena feel about Agatha Christie?
h They have already found out a lot about whale songs. a She thinks Agatha Christie’s explanations
are always simple.
b She wants to do better than
Agatha Christie.
c She admires Agatha Christie.
Write the article.
122 123
Finished? Unit 4
Finished?
These exercises further
Reading (pp. 48 – 49) Language focus 2 (p. 52)
1 Read the TV preview again. Which Intensifiers

TV programme 5 Choose the correct intensifiers.
challenge and stretch

1 is about people at work? 1 Our holiday to Italy was
2 shows people in an extreme environment? absolutely / great / complete perfect.
3 is shown multiple times each week? Everyone had a wonderful time.
4 allows the viewers to choose what happens? 2 Tim was hardly / highly / deeply embarrassed
students once they have

5 shows people from different countries when he forgot the words to the song
working together? he was singing at the concert.
3 Mahmood totally / hardly / absolutely
2 Match the words in the first column remembers going to Borneo because
(1 – 5) to the second column (a – e)
completed the unit.

it was such a long time ago.
to make compound adjectives from 4 I was totally / strongly / hardly confused by the
the text. Explain what each compound London Underground when I first used it.
adjective describes. 5 There was a total / lowly / low temperature
in the house so we put the heating on.
1 long- a dollar 6 My cousin is completely / slightly / deeply
2 million- b black older than me but we’re both in the same
3 award- c winning class at school.
4 pitch- d running
6 Complete the email with the intensifiers
Language focus 1 (p. 50) in the box.
Quantifiers slightly great hardly
3 Complete the dialogue. There may be complete low absolutely
more than one correct answer.
Pim: How are you, Vina? Reply Forward
Vina: I’m a 1 tired after the
New Year celebrations at our house. To Brad
Pim: I know what you mean. I went to my
cousins’ house. It was great because From Carl
2
of the family were there.
Vina: That’s cool. I was hoping my two cousins Hi Brad,
would come, but 3 of them
were free. How are you? It was a 1 surprise to see
Pim: Who was there? you at the café last week, but I’m really sorry that
Vina: A 4 of my close friends we didn’t get the chance to talk. How was your
and some of my family. There were holiday?
5
of us there to make it fun. I was 2 concerned when I saw the news
Pim: There were about 20 people at my of the bad weather in the mountains, but I knew
cousins’ and of course, there was a great there was a 3 chance that you’d stay
6
of food. there at this time of year.
4 Correct the mistakes. I’m 4 exhausted at the moment as I’ve

been revising for my exams and I’ve 5
1 All of my friends are the same age as me had a break this month. But the last exam is next
but a few are younger. week and after that I’ll rest for a week before I start
2 Mike ate half of the cake this afternoon looking for a job. There are some 6
and kept most for this evening. opportunities coming up so I’m really excited.
3 They didn’t put many effort into the show.
It was rather disappointing. See you soon,
4 A few of these two phones have a good Carl
battery life.
5 I don’t think I’ve got all money to buy
the more expensive one.
6 A little of the schools in our town teach
Italian, but not many.
127
Extended reading Extended reading 2 A short story
Authentic fiction and non-fiction texts THE IDES

of various genres encourage students
to read for pleasure and fluency,
OF
MARCH by EW Hornung
which further supports language and EW Hornung (1866 –1921) was a British author of a series of short stories about the character
of AJ Raffles, an upper class thief and famous cricket player in late 19th century London.
Hornung was inspired by the characters Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson, created by Hornung’s
literacy development. Texts become

brother-in-law Arthur Conan-Doyle, to create Raffles and his partner in crime, Bunny.
The Ides of March is the first Raffles story. Late one evening, Bunny meets Raffles after losing lots
of money. Raffles promises to help and takes him to a flat that he says belongs to a friend who can
progressively more challenging, lend him some money. Despite Bunny’s concerns, Raffles insists on going.
according to the Flesch-Kincaid

readability scale.
139

Contents
UNIT
Starter p. 8 Present perfect simple with for, since & time adverbs, Past continuous & past simple
p. 9 Verb patterns, Modal verbs
p. 10 Active & passive, Reported speech
p. 11 Second conditional, Abstract nouns, Relative pronouns
p. 12 Reflexive pronouns, Sentence adverbs: too, also, though, as well, either, Determiners & quantifiers
p. 13 Prepositions, Conjunctions
VOCABULARY LANGUAGE VOCABULARY

UNIT VIDEO/AUDIO READING
1 FOCUS 1 2
p. 14 Meet my pp. 14–15 Families pp. 16–17 A p. 18 just, already, p. 19 Family values
1 My family &
family powerful family still, yet
me
p. 24 Open house pp. 24–25 Types of pp. 26–27 Book of p. 28 The future p. 29 At school
2 School days schools the month
pp. 34–35 Self-Check A

p. 36 Children in pp. 36–37 Types of pp. 38–39 Gangs p. 40 Reported p. 41 Crime news
3 Crime doesn’t
crisis crime speech
pay
p. 46 What do you pp. 46–47 Film & pp. 48–49 What’s p. 50 Quantifiers p. 51 The film
4 That’s
watch on TV? TV genres on TV? business
entertainment!
pp. 56–57 Self-Check B

p. 58 A long way pp. 58–59 City pp. 60–61 Let’s go p. 62 Correlative p. 63 Living
5 A place to live from home living to Copenhagen conjunctions together
p. 68 Melbourne pp. 68–69 pp. 70–71 Odd p. 72 Third p. 73 Working in

6 Science International Advancing science inventions conditional science
Science Centre
pp. 78–79 Self-Check C
p. 80 The pp. 80–81 Extreme pp. 82–83 A man- p. 84 Present p. 85 People and
7 Emergency! earthquake in nature made disaster perfect continuous disasters
Lombok
p. 90 Aidan’s plans pp. 90–91 Life pp. 92–93 A day to p. 94 Future p. 95 Feelings
8 Life stories stages remember! perfect
pp. 100–101 Self-Check D

p. 102 On the pp. 102–103 Body pp. 104–105 How p. 106 Reported p. 107 Ways of
9 Communicate! radio language we communicate speech: Yes/No speaking
questions
p. 112 Strange pp. 112–113 pp. 114–115 Real p. 116 Past p. 117 Describing
10 Mysteries things Puzzles mysteries modals strange events
pp. 122–123 Self-Check E

pp. 135–138 Extended reading 1 The Woman in White
pp. 139–142 Extended reading 2 The Ides of March
(E)ESL_SB3_Contents_INTL.indd 6 14/12/18 11:14 AM

LANGUAGE
LISTENING SPEAKING WRITING FINISHED?
FOCUS 2
p. 20 Active & p. 21 The family p. 22 My celebrity p. 23 A family p. 124 Reading,
passive: through the ages family tradition Language focus 1,
Perfect tenses Language focus 2
p. 30 Active & p. 31 Learning from p. 32 Future schools p. 33 Leaving school p. 125 Reading,
passive: The future home Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 42 Shocked or p. 43 Britain’s p. 44 Eyewitness p. 45 Teenage crime p. 126 Reading,

shocking? biggest robbery Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 52 Intensifiers p. 53 What are they p. 54 What do you p. 55 A proposal p. 127 Reading,
watching? watch? Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 64 Dependent p. 65 Cities in the p. 66 Good p. 67 Living in the p. 128 Reading,

prepositions future neighbours city or the country Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 74 Sentence p. 75 The world’s p. 76 Mobile phones p. 77 Visions of the p. 129 Reading,
adverbs worst inventions future Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 86 Past perfect p. 87 Danger: p. 88 Please help! p. 89 A newspaper p. 130 Reading,

continuous Tsunami! article Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 96 Future perfect p. 97 First times p. 98 Hopes and p. 99 A special day p. 131 Reading,
passive plans Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
p. 108 Reported p. 109 First p. 110 Have you got p. 111 An exposition p. 132 Reading,
speech: impressions a …? Language focus 1,
Wh- questions Language focus 2
p. 118 Indirect p. 119 A mystery p. 120 What p. 121 A short story p. 133 Reading,
questions story happened here? Language focus 1,
Language focus 2
(E)ESL_SB3_Contents_INTL.indd 7 12/10/18 2:20 pm

Starter
Present perfect simple with for, since and time adverbs

1 Read the interview with the actor and choose the correct answers.
Interviewer: I’d like to talk to you about your new film, which tells the story of Alexander the Great.
Brett: Yes, I’ve been interested in his story 1 all my life / lately and I’ve wanted to make this film
2
for / since a very long time.
Interviewer: I know you 3 were / have been in Greece last week. 4 Have you finished / Did you finish
filming it?
Brett: No, we 5 didn’t / haven’t. We’ve shot about half of it 6 lately / so far. It’s taken over three
months already. But 7 so far / lately, the weather 8 is / has been really bad so we haven’t
been able to do much filming.
Interviewer: Who else is in the film?
Brett: Gina Langton plays the part of Lanike, young Alexander’s nurse. I’ve known Gina
9
since / for drama school so it’s great to work with her again.
Interviewer: And how do you like spending so much time away?
Brett: Well, I love Greece. But I haven’t been home 10 for / since June, so it can be quite tiring.
Interviewer: Well, thanks a lot for talking to us.
Past continuous & past simple

2 Write complete sentences using the past simple and past continuous.
1 we / have / lunch / when / fire alarm / go off
2 Anna / get / a phone call / while / she / run / in the park
3 who / you / talk to / when / I / phone / you / last night / ?
4 the sun / shine / when / Faisal / arrive / at the beach
5 when / teacher go into / the classroom / all the students / work hard
6 while / she laugh / she fall off / the chair
(E)ESL_SB3_starter.indd 8 27/9/18 11:39 am

Verb patterns
3 Choose the correct answers.
1 Everyone wanted to try / trying Kim’s homemade cookies.
2 Please don’t forget to pick up / picking up your brother after school.
3 I can’t stand to listen / listening to most modern dance music.
4 We’ve decided to go / going to Singapore next summer.
5 Do you mind not to use / using your phone in the library?
6 The girls stopped to work / working and went for a coffee.
Modal verbs
4 Look at the signs. Complete the sentences with the modal verbs in the box.
should may mustn’t have to must don’t have to
1 You use your phone. 4 It rain today.
2 You wash your hands before you eat. 5 You take off your shoes.
3 You show your passports here. 6 You be a member to go in here.

Active & passive Reported speech
5 Complete the text with the present 6 Complete the sentences using reported
simple or past simple form of the verbs speech so they mean the same as
in brackets. Use the active or passive the text in the speech bubbles.
voice where necessary. 1
I don’t usually go out

The Great Wall of China that we 1 at the weekend.
(know) today 2 (make) up of a
number of different walls that 3 (build)
over many hundreds of years. In fact, work on the
first walls 4 (start) around 7th century Yasmin said she at the weekend.
BCE. However, most of the wall that tourists
5
(visit) today comes from the time 2 I’ve just seen one of my
of the Ming Dynasty (1368–1644). favourite actors in the
supermarket.
The wall 6 (build) with millions of
tonnes of bricks, stone, and mud. A few years
ago Chinese scientists 7 (find) that
sticky rice 8 (sometimes / use) to hold
the bricks in place. And how were all the bricks Josh told me that he
and stones transported up the hills to where they in the supermarket.
9
(need)? They 10 (carry)
by people and animals. And it was dangerous
work, too. It 11 (believe) that over 3 I’m doing my homework
a million people died while so I can’t go out.
the wall 12
(build).
Xinyi said that she

so she .
4 I didn’t go to school yesterday

because I wasn’t feeling well.
Natalia explained that she

the day before because she .
5 This has been the best

holiday ever.
Somboon said that .
6
I really want to go to the beach
this weekend.
Carla said that she

that weekend.
10

Second conditional
7 Read the information and complete the sentences.
Who would like … but …

Jack to buy a new bike doesn’t have enough money
Bella to buy a cat her mum is allergic to cat hair
Jae Hyun to go to the USA he is scared of flying
Andrew to meet his friends has to study for an exam
Emily to be in the school athletics team isn’t fast enough
Nazir to learn how to drive isn’t 18 yet
1 Jack: If I more money, 4 Andrew: If I for an exam,

I a new bike. I my friends.
2 Bella: I a cat if my mum 5 Emily: I wish I to be
allergic to cat hair. in the school athletics team.
3 Jae Hyun: I really want to go to the USA. 6 Nazir: I wish I
If only I of flying. so I could learn to drive.
Abstract nouns
8 Match the jigsaw pieces on the left with the suffixes in the pieces on the right.
Make abstract nouns.
-ment -ity
1 friend 2 child
-ship -ment
3 enjoy 4 popular
-hood -ness
5 kind 6 achieve
Relative pronouns
9 Complete the sentences with which, that, who, what, when or where. Then match the
words in the box to the sentences.
a towel Japan a candle the Internet a vet Indonesia
What is it?
1 It gets wet it is soaked in water.
2 It’s a country you can spend your yen on sushi.
3 It’s a person helps your pet get better.
4 It’s you use to connect to the rest of the world.
5 It’s something is tall it’s young and short it’s old.
6 It’s a country in Southeast Asia has over 17,000 islands.
11
(E)ESL_SB3_starter.indd 11 12/10/18 2:22 pm

Reflexive pronouns
1 Jang felt very pleased that he had fixed 4 Carrie is a confident girl. She believes in
the car himself / myself / itself. yourself / herself / myself.
2 The teacher reminded the students 5 I was really proud when I taught
to do the homework ourselves / itself / myself / yourself to speak Italian.
each other / themselves. 6 Work in groups and talk among
3 The cat managed to scare yourselves / each other / themselves
myself / herself / itself when it looked about what you did last weekend.
in the mirror.
Sentence adverbs: too, also, though, as well, either

11 Read the online chat. The words that are underlined are in the wrong positions.
Put them in the correct positions.
yun00 9.00 AM – Jul 24 23 mins

Has anyone watched the new series of Dr Who yet?
Collapse Reply Retweet Favorite ••• More
dan123 @dan Jul 25 23 mins
@dan Yes, it’s much better than the last season. The stories are better, but 2though the new
Doctor isn’t as good.
amy99 @amy Jul 25 20 mins
@amy 2Either I haven’t watched it yet, but I didn’t watch the last season so I can’t compare.
ali01 @ali Jul 25 15 mins
@ali @dan123 I agree, the stories are great. But I 3as well think the new Doctor’s really good 4also.
yun00 @yun Jul 25 12 mins
@yun Who do you think is the best Doctor? I really like Peter Capaldi. David Tennant was
5
too brilliant.
ali01 @ali Jul 24 7 mins
@ali I’m not sure. I really like Peter Capaldi. I haven’t watched the seasons 6though with David Tennant.
yun00 @yun Jul 24 5 mins
@yun David Tennant is the best!
Determiners & quantifiers

12 Find words in the wordsearch that go è and ê to match the quantifiers (1 – 7).
F T W O S L G C C
A D V I C E N O L
P S E T H S A F O
W A T E R S I F T
X S K N V O S E H
O O E N E N O E I
R U P I T S O U N
G P C S Y U N C G
1 a bowl of 5 a piece of
2 a glass of 6 an item of
3 a cup of 7 an hour of
4 a game of
12

Hi Adrian,
I’m on holiday in Thailand. I’m with 1all / every my family. 2This / That is such a beautiful country. The food is
amazing and 3each / all the people I meet are friendly. We’re staying in Krabi. It’s paradise here! I go to the
beach 4both / every morning to swim and then rest in the afternoon. 5These / This is the best holiday I’ve
ever had.
I’m attaching some photos. The first one shows the beach. 6That / This building in the background is the
hotel. In the next one, 7both / each my brothers are swimming in the sea. I took 8these / each photos earlier
today. I hope you like them.
See you soon,

Danny
Prepositions
14 Look at the pictures and complete the sentences with the prepositions in the box.
There are two extra prepositions.
along out of through around over towards into across
1 The cat went the hole in the wall. 1 4
2 The cat went the path.
3 The cat went the house. 2 5

4 The cat walked the garden to reach the tree.
5 The cat went the sofa to reach its bed.

3 6
6 The cat walked the bowl for a drink.
Conjunctions
15 Match the first half of the sentences (1–6) to the second half (a–f). Choose the correct
conjunction to join them together.
1 We had a great holiday although / whereas a keep his head warm.
2 I decided to learn German in order to / so that b he sent me a birthday card.
3 My friends love sailing, whereas / so c it rained every day.
4 My dad bought a hat so that / to d I’m much quieter.
5 Hassan didn’t come to my party while / but e I could make friends in Germany.
6 My brother is very talkative although / while f I can’t stand being out at sea.
13

1 1
1.2
Read and listen to the magazine
article about families around the
My
world. Answer the questions.
family
1 Who has two sisters?
2 Who usually spends the weekend
with their family?
3 Who rarely sees their cousins?
& me
4 Who lives with their grandparents?
5 Who has a close relative
in another country?
2 Read the article again. Complete

the sentences with the words
in bold.
1 My mum or dad’s sister’s children
are my .
2 My mum or dad’s father
is my .
3 My brother or sister’s daughter
Meet my family is my .
4 My mum or dad’s sister
1 Watch the video. Choose the correct is my .
1.1 answers. 5 My brother’s wife is my .
6 My mum or dad’s brother
1 Who is David? is my .
a the father b the grandfather c the son 7 My brother or sister’s son
2 How many children are in the family? is my .
a two b three c four 8 My sister’s husband is my .
3 Who is Andrea? 9 My aunts, uncles, grandparents
a the mother b the youngest sister and cousins are my .
c the oldest sister 10 My mum or dad’s mother
4 Who is Jennifer? is my .
a the middle sister b the mother
c the oldest sister
2 Watch the video again. Write the name of

the person who expresses opinions 1– 3.
Andrea Kimberley David
1 The girls share lots of things because

they are close in age.
2 Having three sisters means you are
never alone.
3 If we can raise a family, then any
responsible person can.
3 Discuss the question.

• Would you like to have a bigger or smaller
family? Why?
14
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 14 27/9/18 11:45 am

Vocabulary 1 Families
Ahmad, 14, Larkana, Pakistan

I live with my mother and father, and two sisters. My grandfather
and grandmother also live with us now and they are very old.
My family is really important, so at most weekends we visit
relatives or invite them to our house.
My older sister, Faiza, has already got married and lives with
her husband, my brother-in-law, in Karachi. They’ve just had
a son, Amir. My nephew is amazing and it’s cool being an uncle.
Obviously, my younger sisters both love being aunts.
Karen, 15, Nottingham, UK

I live with my mum and my younger brother, Daniel. I’ve got
four cousins, but to be honest, I don’t really see them very
often. My older brother lives with his family in Australia. I talk
to him and my niece, Carla, every week online. My mum is
close to my dad’s sister, her sister-in-law, and we often see her.
3 Look at Ahmad’s family tree. Complete the sentences with the words in bold.
My family tree
Malik Unsa
Usman Sonia Abbas Bisma Abdul Zoha
Saad Zain Ali Faiza Ahmad Noor Sana Ifrah Saima Faraz
Amir
1 Ahmad is Sonia’s . 5 Sana is Ali’s .
2 Usman is Ahmad’s . 6 Zoha is Faiza’s .
3 Unsa is Ahmad’s . 7 Saad and Zain are Ifrah’s .
4 Noor is Abdul’s .
4 Draw your family tree and describe 5 Discuss the questions.

it to a classmate. Ask questions to • How do you think families are different in your
find out more information about your country to the UK?
classmate’s family. • What are the advantages and disadvantages
of having a large or a small family?
Ansab and Nurul are my cousins. • How do families benefit society?
Are they older or
younger than you?
Ansab is a year older but
Nurul is two years younger.
Workbook p. 5
15
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 15 27/9/18 11:45 am

Reading A powerful family
1 Look at the photos in the article. 5 Emperor Jianwen was eventually killed
Discuss the questions. by his cousins.
6 China had traded with Europe for many years
• Where do you think they are from? before the Ming dynasty.
• When do you think they were made? 7 Chinese silk was much cheaper than
• What special historical objects do you have European silk.
in your country? 8 Ming ceramics became fashionable
in many countries.
2 Read the article quickly. Put the events
in the correct order. 4 Choose the sentence that you think best
a Chinese explorers travelled to Europe. describes the writer’s opinion.
b Emperor Hongwu’s son died. a Without the Ming dynasty, it is unlikely there
c Zhu Yuanzhang became emperor of China. would be much international trade.
d Emperor Hongwu died. b The Ming dynasty was more concerned with
e Zhu Yuanzhang’s army beat the power than with the country.
Mongol army. c The Ming dynasty helped China to become
f Emperor Jianwen was killed by his uncles. an important global power.
3 Read and listen to the article carefully. 5 Discuss the advantages and disadvantages
1.3 Decide whether the statements are of working with people in your family. Make
true (T), false (F) or not given (NG). notes. Think about
Correct the false statements.
• making decisions.
1 Before the Ming dynasty came to power, • trusting your family members.
China was a stable country. • thinking of new ideas.
2 It took ten years for Zhu Yuanzhang’s army • keeping everyone happy.
to take control of Nanjing. • dealing with problems.
3 Zhu Yuanzhang chose the name Ming
because of its meaning in Chinese. 6 Present your ideas for exercise 5 to
4 Emperor Hongwu never wanted power
the class.
to go to his grandson.
Finished? p. 124 Workbook pp. 6 – 7

16
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 16 27/9/18 11:45 am

The Ming dynasty
Ming soldiers
Blue and white

Ming porcelain
Zheng He, used to travel

across the world. Zheng
He sailed to Arabia,
Africa and Europe and
formed partnerships with
many countries. He also
introduced international
Emperor Hongwu The Forbidden City trade to the Chinese.
Europeans were particularly
interested in Chinese silk and
Life in China in the 1300s was The new emperor, who called
porcelain. In fact, one of the first
not an easy time for its people. Its himself Hongwu, wanted to build
truly global fashions was the iconic
rulers, the Mongols, were too busy a tightly controlled system to
blue and white Ming porcelain.
fighting amongst themselves to rule the country. To do this, he
care about the people. Additionally, set his eldest son as successor
Over the next 276 years, 19 Ming
terrible diseases were killing to the throne and sent his many
Emperors all from the same family
millions, and the country had been other sons across China to rule
ruled China. During this time,
hit by many natural disasters, large areas of the country for
the country established itself as
including huge floods and him. However, this plan was not
a cultural and economic force.
earthquakes. Change was needed successful. Hongwu’s eldest
For the first time, China’s influence
and would come from one family. son died early, so when Hongwu
was felt across the world. This
died in 1398 power went to his
influence has been felt ever since.
Zhu Yuanzhang was the leader of grandson, Zhu Yunwen, who
China hasn’t forgotten what it
a group of Chinese rebel soldiers became Emperor Jianwen.
gained from the many years of
fighting the Mongol rulers. Born The new emperor didn’t like how
Ming rule, and it’s unlikely that
to a family of poor farmers, Zhu his uncles used their power, so
it would have become such an
joined the rebel soldiers in 1352 he killed many of them. Four years
important global power without it.
and rose to become their leader. later, the remaining uncles, led by
By the end of 1358, Zhu’s army Zhu Di, the fourth son of Hongwu,
had attacked the capital Nanjing organised an attack on Jianwen Glossary
and beaten the Mongol army and killed him.
dynasty a series of leaders of a country
there. Zhu continued fighting the from the same family
Mongols until 1368, when he finally Zhu Di became Emperor Yongle ruler a person who leads a country
controlled the whole country and and China became richer and rebel a person who fights against the
became emperor. In contrast to more powerful under him. Yongle leaders of a country
emperor the leader of a large country
the dark times before, Zhu wanted moved the capital from Nanjing or countries
to be seen positively, so he named to Beijing and built the famous successor a person who takes over
the new government ‘Ming’, which Forbidden City. A large number a job or position after someone else
means bright or brilliant in the of wooden ships were also built, porcelain a hard, white material used
to make cups, plates, bowls, etc.
Chinese language. which his close friend and explorer,
17
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 17 16/10/18 9:01 am

Language focus 1 just, already, still, yet
We use just, already, still and yet with the present perfect.
just
We use just to talk about something that happened a short
subject + has/have + just + past participle
time ago.
They’ve just had a son, Amir.
We use already to talk about something that happened
already
early or before we expected.
subject + has/have + already + past participle
Faiza has already got married.
We use still to talk about something that hasn’t finished,

that we expected to finish or something that hasn’t
still happened that we expected to happen.
subject + still + has/have not + past participle The workmen still haven’t finished repairing the road.
I still haven’t watched the new James Bond film.
We use yet in questions and negative sentences. We use it
yet
to talk about things that we expect to happen. Yet means
subject + has/have not + past participle + yet
at any time until now.
have + subject + participle + yet?
Have you tidied your room yet?
She hasn’t told her parents the news yet.
Tip box
We only use just and already in affirmative sentences. We use still

in questions, affirmative, and negative sentences. We use yet in
negative sentences and questions.
1 Choose the correct answers. 2 Put the words in brackets in the correct
position in the sentences.
Asmi 1 My cousin has had a baby girl. How exciting! (just)
2 I can’t believe my team hasn’t won a football
match this season. (still)
Hi Asmi, 3 Have you moved into your new house? (yet)
4 It’s only autumn but there has been a few
How are you? snowstorms in the mountains. (already)
5 She’s lived in Vietnam for two years but she
Have you been shopping for the party hasn’t visited Phu Quoc. (yet)
1
just / yet / already? I’ve 2already / still / 6 Dad’s finished work so he’s going to be home
yet made the cake and bought some late tonight. (just)
orange juice and now I’m going
to buy some presents. I’m a bit 3 Write complete sentences in the present
annoyed with my brother because perfect. Use the words in brackets and
he hasn’t done anything to help just, already, still, yet.
3
still / just / yet. I’ve 4yet / already / just
had a message from my cousin 1 A: Do you want to watch Star Wars?
Amra. She 5still / just / already hasn’t B: No, thanks. (I / watch / three times)
left home. I really hope she isn’t late. 2 A: Do you know where Rami is?
B: Yes. (I / see / him / in the corridor)
See you tonight! 3 A: What do you think of the exhibition?
B: I don’t know. (I / not see / it)
Aleena 4 A: Ali’s been in the library for four hours.
B: I know. (he / not finish / his history essay)
4 Listen and check your answers to

1.4 exercise 3.
Finished? p. 124 Workbook p. 8

18
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 18 27/9/18 11:45 am

Vocabulary 2 Family values
1 Look at the photos of three teenagers and their families. Discuss the questions.
• Where do you think they are from?
• Who do you think the other people in the photos are?
• What adjectives can you use to describe each family?
Teens talking: Families

We asked some young people about their family values and this is what they told us.
Zehra, 14
My family is very traditional so my parents expect me to be obedient
and do what they say. We also believe that it’s important to be respectful
to everyone in the family, especially parents and grandparents.
Sean, 15
I come from a large family. When I was growing up, my parents
were very fair and made sure all us children got the same. I also
learned to be considerate of everyone. My parents taught us to be
loyal to the family, because it’s the most important thing we have.
Haruka, 13
My family is really caring. My grandparents both live with us, and we
all help look after them. I think in a family everyone is responsible for
everyone else. This makes us all feel safe and protected.
2 Read and listen to the article about 3 I think the old ways are much better than the
1.5 family values. Complete the definitions modern ways. I’m respectful / considerate /
with the words in bold. traditional.
4 You can trust me to make good decisions and
1 people are kind and helpful and do the right thing. I’m caring / responsible /
concerned about how other people feel. obedient.
2 Someone who is enjoys looking 5 I think of everyone else before I do something.
after others. I’m traditional / loyal / considerate.
3 A person always supports others, 6 I would never be rude to or shout at
even when other people don’t. my parents. I’m respectful / fair / caring.
4 If you are , it means people can trust
you to do the right thing. 4 Choose three adjectives from the
5 people always do what other people
article. Use them to write about your
tell them to do.
6 Being means living in the same way
family values.
as people have lived for a long time. In my family, we think it’s really
7 Being means treating everyone in the important to be considerate because …
same way.
5 Work in pairs. Compare your family
3 Choose the correct answers. values. Discuss whether they are the
1 I’m always on my friends’ and family’s side same or different.
and I’m always there for them. I’m loyal / 6 Discuss the questions.
fair / responsible.
2 I never argue when my parents ask me to do • Which adjectives do you think are the most
something. I’m traditional / caring / obedient. important for new parents?
• What are the advantages and disadvantages
of growing up in a traditional family?
Workbook p. 9
19
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 19 27/9/18 11:45 am

Language focus 2 Active & passive: Perfect tenses
Active Passive
Present +/- subject + has/have + past participle subject + has/have been + past participle
perfect
simple ? has/have + subject + past participle has/have + subject + been + past participle
Past +/- subject + had + past participle subject + had been + past participle
perfect
simple ? had + subject + past participle had + subject + been + past participle
We use an active tense when we know and when we want to say who did the action.
China hasn’t forgotten what it gained from so many years of Ming rule.
By the end of 1358, Zhu’s army had attacked the capital Nanjing.
We use the passive tense when we don’t know or it is not obvious who did the action.
This influence has been felt ever since.
He had been educated at a local school.
We also use the passive tense when we want to put the more important noun first. We can use by after the
verb to say who or what did the action.
The country had been hit by many natural disasters.
1 Choose the correct answers. 3 Read the online news report. Rewrite
1 My brother has given / has been given the underlined parts in the passive.
a new watch by my parents.
2 Before we arrived, my aunt had cooked /
had been cooked lunch.
1
Staff have added a new
3 The road outside our house has closed / painting to the city museum’s
has been closed for three days. art collection. The painting,
4 Have you seen the school? All the called The Sisters, is by
classrooms have painted / have been painted. French artist Claude Augustin.
5 My cousin has invited / has been invited
2
Augustin painted it in 1843
us to his birthday party. and 3Augustin’s family has
6 The teacher had started / had been started given it to the museum to
the lesson when Harry arrived. celebrate the museum’s 100th
7 All the tickets for the concert have sold / birthday. Before it arrived at
have been sold. the museum, 4the painting was kept in a bank vault.
8 Smoking has banned / has been banned
5
Staff have cleaned the painting and 6experts have
in this building. recently valued it to be worth over $2 million, which
will make it the museum’s most valuable work of art.
2 Complete the sentences. Use passive It will be on show from next Saturday.
present perfect or past perfect form of
the words in brackets. 4 Listen and check your answers to exercise 3.
1.6
1 Three soldiers (give) a special award
by the president this morning. 5 Complete the sentences so that they are
2 The wall (build) many years before true for you. Use the active or passive
the city. perfect tenses.
3 Football (play) in this stadium
since 1932. 1 I recently (give)
4 When we got home, we saw that the window .
(break). 2 Before I started school, I (teach)
5 My grandfather (just tell) not to eat .
too much salt by his doctor. 3 I (watch) British
6 All the flowers in the garden (pick). films, before I was .
4 During my life, I (invite)
to .
5 I always
(encourage) to by my parents.

20
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 20 12/10/18 2:24 pm

Listening The family through the ages
3 In the Chinese family,

a the parents of the wife often lived with
the family.
b the parents of the husband often lived
with the family.
c the grandparents were expected to care
for the children.
4 In southern Europe, in the Middle Ages

a men and women would get married at
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the around the same age.
b men would often get married in their teens.
questions.
c men would often marry younger women.
• In what ways do these families look different?
• Which type is more similar to your family? 5 The lecturer believes nuclear families have
• Which type of family is more common in your become the most successful because
country? a they provide many different functions.
b they can adapt to new situations better.
2 Check the meaning of the phrases (1 – 3) c the family members are happier
and match them to the dates (a – c). and healthier.
1 the Industrial Age a before around
Subskill
500 AD
2 ancient times b between around Understanding implied meaning in
500 AD and 1500
3 the Middle Ages c from around
a talk
1760 onwards During a talk, the speaker might not say exactly
what they mean or complete an idea. Often,
3 Listen to a talk about the history of the this is done to encourage the listener to think
1.7 family. Match the phrases (1 – 3) with the about what is being said. To help understand
the real meaning, the listener should:
types of family (a – c).
• focus on the speaker’s intonation
1 ancient times a the nuclear family • try and guess what they haven’t said from
2 the Middle Ages b both the the context
nuclear and the • ask themselves questions about what the
extended family speaker is thinking
3 the Industrial Age c the extended
family
5 Now listen again. Tick ( ) the sentences
4 Listen again. Choose the correct
that match with the opinions of Dr Ward.
answers.
1 Dr Ward is quite sure that families
1 Dr Ward believes that the students’ idea
existed long before family dynasties.
of a family
2 Dr Ward disagrees with Professor
a depends on where they grew up.
Reed’s theory about family dynasties.
b is quite similar to how families were
3 Dr Ward is interested in the theory that
in ancient times.
the development of Chinese and European
c is very different to how families were
family structures are connected.
in ancient times.
4 Dr Ward doesn’t believe that the
Industrial Age was responsible for the
2 In ancient times, rulers
nuclear family.
a kept their money and power within
their families for generations.
b gave equal amounts of money
6 Discuss the questions.
to all their children. • Would you prefer to live in a nuclear or
c used other people’s families extended family?
to become richer. • What do you think are the advantages of
living in a nuclear or extended family?
• Why do you think traditional family structures
are still so important?
21
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 21 13/12/18 7:43 PM

Speaking My celebrity family

1 Which of these people would you most like to have in your family?
Why?
2 Which of these people would you least like to have in your family?
Why?
2 Listen to three students talking about which celebrities they

1.8 would choose in a celebrity family video game. Answer the
questions.
1 Which celebrities did they consider? Bart Simpson
2 Which two celebrities did they agree on?
3 Listen again. Tick (✓) the phrases the students use.
Useful phrases
Making a choice
• I like the idea of …
• I’m quite keen on …
• I’d go for …
• I’d opt for … Jackie Chan
Explaining a choice
• I think he/she would be …
• I’ve chosen … because …
• The reason for my choice is that …
Rejecting a choice
• I don’t think … would be as … as …
• The problem with … is that …
• I’d rather go for …
Oprah Winfrey
Coming to an agreement
• OK. Let’s go with …
• We need to make a decision.
• Can we agree on …?
• OK, that’s agreed.
4 Imagine you’re going to play Celebrity Families with your

friends. Choose a celebrity brother or sister. Make notes
about why you chose him/her. George Clooney
5 Work in groups. Discuss who you would like as your celebrity
brother or sister. Make sure you
• talk about your choice.
• explain the reasons for your choice.
• reject choices you don’t agree with.
• come to an agreement.
• use your notes from exercise 4 and the phrases in the Useful
phrases box from exercise 3.
Michelle Yeoh
22
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 22 27/9/18 11:45 am

Writing A family tradition
3 Read the description again. Underline

eight time expressions. Then use them
to complete the table.
General time on the 1

expressions 15 years 2
3
year
Expressions 4
hand
for ordering 5
of all
events 6
on
at the 7
8
wards
4 Read the description again. Complete

the paragraph plan for paragraphs 1 – 3
1 Look at the photo. Discuss the questions. with the phrases below.
• What do you think is happening?
• What traditions do you have in your family? a description of the day
• Why do you think families have traditions? an introduction to the day
an explanation of the tradition
2 Read the first part of Sofia’s description
of a family tradition. Find out when the
Paragraph 1:
tradition started.
Paragraph 2:
My family tradition Paragraph 3:

One of the most enjoyable traditions in my
family happens on 23rd April, which is my
grandfather’s birthday. My whole family goes Paragraph 4:
to my grandparents’ house to celebrate.
Paragraph 5:
Beforehand, my mum, sisters and aunts
prepare lots of food and a birthday cake.
On the day, everyone arrives at lunchtime.
First of all, we drink tea and catch up. We 5 Decide what you would include in
always have a great time chatting. Later paragraphs 4 and 5. Add your ideas
on, we sit down and eat together. The meal to the plan above.
can last hours and has many courses.
At the end, we will wish my grandfather
‘happy birthday’ and eat the cake together. 6 You are going to write a description
Afterwards, the adults sit and talk while my of one of your family traditions. Make
cousins and I go out and play. notes about what you want to say using
the paragraph plan in exercise 4.
This tradition started 15 years ago at my
grandfather’s 60th birthday. The whole
family celebrated at his house. It was such 7 Write a description of your family
a wonderful occasion that we decided tradition. Use some of the time
to do it every year. expressions in exercise 3.
8 Check your work. Use the checklist

below to help you. Make sure you have
used
• different paragraphs for each part of the
description.
• a selection of time expressions.
• correct grammar and vocabulary.
Workbook p. 12
23
(E)ESL_SB3_U01.indd 23 27/9/18 11:45 am

2 1
2.2
Read and listen to the magazine
article about where students go
to school. Answer the questions.
1 Who sleeps at the school he / she
School
attends?
days
2 Whose school has both boys
and girls?
3 Who will change schools next
year?
4 Whose parents have to pay for
his / her education?
5 Who goes to a different school
in the evenings?
2 Read the magazine article again.

Complete the table with some
of the words in bold.
Type of Age of students

Open house school
1
around 4–6 years old
1 Listen to a radio advertisement.
2
6–11/12 years old
1 What kind of school is the advertisement about?

3
12–14/15 years old
a a primary school b an arts school 4
16–18 years old
c a university
2 What is it advertising?
3 Complete the definitions with the
a an open day b a concert
words in bold from the magazine
c an art exhibition
3 Who is the event for? article.
a musicians and artists b students 1 A is one which students must
c parents and children pay to attend.
2 An teaches a curriculum from
2 Listen again. Complete the sentences another country, such as the UK
with one word. or the USA.
1 Visitors can talk to in the new art studio. 3 At schools, boys and girls
2 The will be playing in the music learn together.
rooms. 4 A is run by the government.
3 There will be a display by history students in the 5 A is where students go in the
. evening for extra lessons.
4 Visitors can have coffee with in the 6 A is one where students
canteen. study, eat and sleep at school.
5 Visitors need to register on the school’s
if they want to attend the open house.

• What are your favourite subjects at school?
• Would you like to go to a creative arts school
like the Northern School of Arts? Why?
24
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 24 27/9/18 1:58 pm

Vocabulary 1 Types of schools
Sirada, 15, Australia

I’m at a large international school in Melbourne that
prepares me to sit for the iGCSE. It’s a private school,
so my parents have to pay for my education.
It’s co-educational, and all the lessons are taught
in English. It has a kindergarten for the very young
children, a primary school for the first five grades,
and secondary school too.
Logan, 15, USA

I’m at a boarding school, which means we
study, sleep and eat at school. It is a private
all-boys school and I’ve made lots of friends
here. I’m in the middle school, which is for
students aged 12–15, but next year I’ll start
in the high school. When I finish, I hope to
study medicine at university.
Jasmine, 13, Hong Kong

I’m at a girls’ secondary school. It’s a state
school run by the government with over
1,000 students. We don’t need to pay any
school fees. In the evening, I also go to a
private tuition centre to improve my results.
Some people call it a cram school because
we study a lot in a short amount of time.
4 Read the instructions and with 5 Discuss the questions.

a classmate, take turns being • At what age do you think children should
Students A and B. start school? Why?
• Student A is to describe a type of school • What do you think are the advantages and
from exercises 2 and 3 to Student B disadvantages of co-educational schools?
but doesn’t say what it is. • How do you think boarding schools benefit
• Student B is to close your book. Listen students?
to Student A and try and guess the type • Who do you think is most responsible for
of school he / she describing. learning: the teachers or the students? Why?
A: It’s a place where very young

children go before they start
school.
B: Is it a kindergarten?
Workbook p. 13
25
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 25 27/9/18 1:59 pm

Reading Book of the month
1 Look at the front cover of the book and 4 Read the book review again. Complete
discuss the questions. each sentence with one or two words
• What do you think the book is about? from the book review.
• Where do you think the story is set? 1 Before Lucy and Linh, Alice Pung hadn’t
written a book for .
2 Read the book review quickly and find 2 We read the story through the Lucy
the answers to exercise 1. sends to Linh.
3 Lucy and her new school friends are
from .
3 Read and listen to the book review. 4 Lucy’s new school friends live a life of luxury
2.3 Circle the answer that isn’t correct. and .
1 According to the review, Lucy and Linh is 5 Most young people will be able to understand
a a book that you will want to finish quickly. the descriptions of in the novel.
b a book that will give you lots to think 6 It is essential reading for parents, children
about. and .
c a book that you won’t want to stop
reading. 5 Discuss the questions. Make notes
of your answers.
2 Lucy’s parents
• Why do you think that going to Laurinda
a have good jobs.
Academy could be positive for Lucy’s family?
b don’t earn very much money.
• How do you think Lucy felt on her first day
c came to Australia from another country.
at Laurinda Academy?
• Why do you think The Cabinet wanted to
3 Lucy and Linh
make friends with Lucy?
a are good friends.
• What do you think is the ‘important lesson’
b used to go to the same school.
that Lucy learns?
c both go to the same school now.
• What do you think makes a character
in a book ‘easy to identify with’?
4 The Cabinet is
a a group of students who become friends
6 Share your answers from exercise 5
with Lucy.
b a group of important students in the with the class.
school.
c a place where students go to complain.
5 According to the review, the book

a is difficult to read but clever and realistic.
b has a moving and interesting story.
c is not just for young people.

26
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 26 27/9/18 1:59 pm

REVIEW CAREERS CONTACT US
HOME BOOKS
Lucy and Linh

A MUST READ
FOR TEENS
be able to put it
Every so often, a novel comes along that will capture your imagination so much that you won’t
one of those books. And having just
down. Alice Pung’s first novel for young adults, Lucy and Linh is certainly
finished it, I know I’ll be thinking about it for many weeks.
and the daughter
Set in Melbourne, Australia, it tells the story of 15-year-old Lucy, an academically gifted teenager
their daughter. When Lucy wins a scholarship
of Chinese immigrant parents who work hard in low-paid jobs to support
everyone thinks that this opportuni ty will be
to study at one of the city’s top private schools, the Laurinda Academy,
her old school and her old school friends,
positive for both Lucy and her family. However, Lucy has to leave behind
told in a series of letters Lucy writes to Linh.
including Linh, a determined girl, whom Lucy looks up to. The story is
very different
Life at Lucy’s new school is far from easy. The students are wealthy and privileged and from
expected to do, which Lucy simply can’t
backgrounds to Lucy. There are also many extra things students are
in a group called The Cabinet, make friends
afford. However, three of the school’s most powerful girls, who are
how unpleasa nt the girls are to the
with Lucy and become her guide to the school. Lucy soon realises
begins to compare her home life,
school’s staff and their fellow students. As the story unfolds, Lucy
with
where her family eats dinner together on the floor and goes shopping in the cheapest shops,
the luxury and privilege of her classmates’ lives. At first this causes her embarras sment, but
eventually she learns an important lesson about what is really important in life.
ns,
Lucy’s letters to her friend Linh are beautifully written, full of moving and realistic descriptio
and mature observations of her life in and out of the school, while Linh’s replies, which Lucy
imagines, are honest and straightforward. The characters are easy to identify with
and students around the world will be able to relate to Lucy’s description of school life.
Having the story told through letters works very well, but best of all, the plot is full of
mystery and the story has plenty of genuine emotion.
Alice Pung clearly understands the struggles teenage girls face and in Lucy and Linh she
expertly conveys this. It’s an excellent read which you won’t be putting down in a hurry.
It’s also a must for teenagers, parents and teachers. And I’m sure, like me, once
you’ve read this novel, you’ll be waiting to see what Alice Pung writes next.
Glossary
immigrant someone who moves from one country
to live in another Alice Pung
Alice Pung
scholarship an amount of money given to someone
to study at a private school or university
privileged having advantages over other people
plot story
27
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 27 12/10/18 2:25 pm

Language focus 1 The future
2 Complete the speech bubbles. Use the

Future simple future continuous or future perfect form
subject + will / won’t + infinitive of the verbs in the box.
Future continuous
subject + will/won’t be + -ing form eat sit build
finish be not receive
Future perfect
subject + will/won’t have + past participle
1 By the end of 2 Don’t call me at 7 pm
We use the future simple for predictions, describing July, we because I
something we know, or expect, will happen. all our exams. dinner then.
It will capture your imagination.
We use the future continuous to talk about

an action in progress in the future.
I know I will be thinking about it for many weeks.
We use the future perfect to talk about an action

that is completed before a time in the future.
I will have finished reading this book by Monday. 3 When I leave here
and go to university,
Tip box I at this school
for seven years.
We usually use by with the future perfect.
It means ‘not later than this time’.
I will have left school by 2030. 4 I sent my aunt a birthday card
today, but she it by her
birthday.

5 This time tomorrow, 6 During the summer
1 The sun will rise / be rising at 5.32 am I on a beach holidays, they
tomorrow morning. in Thailand. five new classrooms
2 Don’t worry. It will be stopping / have stopped at our school.
raining by the time we go to the beach.
3 This time next week, we’ll be sitting / have sat
at the airport waiting to board our flight.
4 It is a really long book. I will read / be reading
it for weeks.
5 I’m sure I will be finishing / have finished this
book by the time you want it back.
6 Have you heard that Ronaldo won’t
be playing / have played in the match tonight?
7 I’m sure that humans won’t ever live / 3 Write sentences in the future continuous
have lived on Mars. or future perfect. Include a year you think
8 Nana and Sofea will be waiting / have waited these things will happen.
for us when we arrive.
doctors / find / a cure for most diseases / by …
Doctors will have found a cure for most
diseases by 2060.
1 students / not use / books at school / in …
2 most people / drive / electric cars / in …
3 everyone in the world / use / smartphones / in …
4 I / speak English perfectly / in …
4 Write sentences about your hopes for

the future using the future continuous
and future perfect. Discuss them with
a classmate. Decide whose hopes you
think are more likely to come true.

28
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 28 12/10/18 2:26 pm

Vocabulary 2 At school

• What type of school do you think this is?
• Do you have schools like this where you live? How are they similar or different?
Oxford International College (OIC)
We are a small co-educational, secondary school that believes in a well-rounded education. There are 250
students who attend the school and take courses in a full range of subjects. Students can also learn foreign
languages and participate in a variety of extra-curricular activities including marching band and soccer.
Academic achievements are equally important to us, and students can sit for exams in over 20 subjects.
Each year, 98% of students pass international exams, including iGCSEs. Lots of our students join a revision
club, where they can revise for their exams with other students.
Students wishing to attend OIC should register online and then submit an essay explaining why they wish
to come here. We look forward to welcoming you soon.
2 Read and listen to the information from an international school’s website.

2.4 Match the verbs (a – h) with their definitions (1 – 8).
1 put information about someone on a list a revise
2 give something to someone to consider b participate
3 study a subject again before a test c join
4 be successful in an exam d attend
5 go regularly to a place e submit
6 take a test or exam f register
7 become a member g pass
8 take part h sit
3 Choose the correct answers. 4 Discuss the questions.

1 The students were delighted to find out that • What extra-curricular activities can you
they had passed / sat / attended their exams. participate in at your school?
2 If you want to come to the meeting tonight, • How do you usually feel before you sit for
you have to register / join / pass the club first. an exam? Why?
3 Over 60% of students participate / submit / sit • What are the advantages and disadvantages
in extra-curricular activities such as orchestra of taking exams?
or chess club. • How important is it to revise for exams?
4 I always pass / take / revise a lot the week Why?
before a test. • Have you joined any clubs since you started
5 Students must pass / submit / register their at this school? Which ones?
work for marking before the end of Friday.
6 Vania has been attending / participating /
joining this school since she was 11 years old.
Workbook p. 17
29
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 29 27/9/18 1:59 pm

Language focus 2 Active & passive: The future
We can use will and be going to in active and passive sentences.

Active Passive
will + subject + will + infinitive subject + will be + past participle
- subject + won’t + infinitive subject + won’t be + past participle
? will + subject + infinitive? will + subject + be + past participle?
be going + subject + am/is/are + going to + subject + am/is/are + going to be +
to infinitive past participle
- subject + am not/isn’t/aren’t + subject + am not/isn’t/aren’t + going to be +
going to + infinitive past participle
? am/is/are + subject + going to + am/is/are + subject + going to be +
infinitive? past participle?
We often use the passive form when we do not know or are not interested in who or what did the action,
or when the thing we are talking about is not doing the action. In a passive sentence, the object of the verb
becomes the subject. We can often leave out the thing that is doing the action.
Active The school will tell students their exam results next week.
Passive Students will be told their exam results next week.
Tip box
Some verbs that we often use in the passive are followed by to + infinitive.
During the exam, you will be allowed to use dictionaries.
1 Complete the dialogue. Use the correct 2 Listen and check your answers to
form of the verbs in brackets. 2.5 exercise 1.
Elsa: 1
you (go) to the swimming
club tomorrow evening? 3 Rewrite these active sentences in the
Maria: I don’t know if I 2 (allow) to go. passive form.
Elsa: Why not?
Maria: You know I 3 (take) the maths exam A classmate is going to repair my computer
again next month. this weekend.
Elsa: Yes, I remember. My computer is going to be repaired by a
Maria: Well, tomorrow I 4 (give) extra lessons classmate this weekend.
by a maths teacher my parents know. 1 They will tell us the results on Monday.
Elsa: Oh. That’s a shame because tomorrow 2 I think they are going to beat Liverpool.
we 5 (teach) by a swimmer from the 3 When will they give you the prize?
Olympic team. 4 Some people will organise a party after the
Maria: Really! I know, I 6 (phone) my dad last exam.
and ask if he can change the time of the 5 Is someone going to ask the teacher
lesson. a question?
Elsa: Good idea. I really hope you 7
(be able) to come.

30
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 30 27/9/18 1:59 pm

Listening Learning from home
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the 3 Listen again. Tick (✓) the advantages of
questions. traditional schools that are mentioned.
• What do you think are the main differences 1 Schools are good places for students
between these two ways of learning? to make friends.
• Why do you think some students prefer 2 Schools prepare students for going
to learn at home rather than at school? to work.
3 Schools provide students with all the
2 Listen to a debate about home- equipment they need.
2.6 schooling. Decide if the sentences 4 Students can learn important social
are true (T), false (F) or not given (NG). skills at school.
5 Students can take part in activities
Correct the false sentences.
outside the classroom.
1 Lucy thinks schools probably aren’t the best 6 It is healthier for students to physically
places for children to get to know each other. leave home every day.
2 Alex doesn’t believe schools are the only 7 At schools, students are taught
places to get a good education. by teachers with specialist knowledge.
3 Alex went to a primary school near his house.
4 After primary school, Alex found going to 4 Now listen again. Tick (✓) the
secondary school difficult. advantages of home schools that are
5 Lucy thinks schools should be organised for mentioned.
individuals.
6 Lucy says very few parents have the time to 1 Not every student benefits from going
teach their students at home. to school.
7 Alex would have liked to have more friends 2 At home, students can make choices
when he was young. about what they want to learn.
3 You get to spend more time with your
parents.
4 Students who are home-schooled can
work at the speed that they need.
5 You can go on holiday during normal
school time.
6 You won’t suffer because of other
children at home.
7 You may have more free time for other
hobbies.
5 Discuss the question. Share your

opinions with the class.
• What do you think are the advantages and
disadvantages of home schooling?
31
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 31 27/9/18 1:59 pm

Speaking Future schools
1 Look at the pictures showing two modern classrooms and one in the future. Discuss
how similar the two modern classrooms are to your own and whether you think the
classroom of the future is an accurate image.
2 Listen to two students giving a Subskill

2.7 presentation on what they think schools
of the future will be like. Decide which Formal and informal language
things they mention are in the pictures. When giving a presentation, you can use either
formal or informal language, depending on who
you are talking to. When using informal language,
3 Listen again. Put these phrases in the
people often use more personal pronouns
order that they say them. (I, you, we, etc), phrasal verbs (give up, start off,
a Many people agree that … move on, etc), and shorter expressions (such as,
b In conclusion, … to me, etc).
c I’d like to begin by saying …
d Furthermore, …
e For instance, … 5 Look at the Useful phrases box again
and tick (✓) the one phrase in each
4 Add the phrases in exercise 3 section that is informal.
to the correct sections in the
Useful phrases box. 6 Now listen again to the presentation.
Decide if they use formal or informal
Useful phrases language.
Starting a Giving additional
presentation information 7 Discuss with a classmate and make
notes about what you think schools
• To begin with, … • And another
in the future will be like. Include the
• Firstly, … thing, …
following:
• 1 • In addition, …
• Moreover, … • classrooms • school buildings
Presenting • 4
• teachers • playgrounds
opinions
Finishing a 8 Prepare a presentation on what you
• In my opinion, …
presentation think schools in the future will be like
• As I see it, …
using notes from exercise 7 and the
• From my point • Rounding phrases from the Useful phrases box.
of view, … up, … Use formal language.
• 2 • In summary, …
• 5
Giving examples 9 Give your presentation to the class.
Vote on whose presentation you think
• To give an
is the best.
example, …
• … say, …
• 3
32
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 32 12/10/18 2:32 pm

Writing Leaving school
1 Look at the photo. Discuss the 3 Read the reflection again and underline
questions. the key words in the topic sentences
• What do you think is happening in the photo? that tell you what the paragraphs are
• How do you think these students are feeling? about.
• What will you miss the most when you leave
your school? 4 Make notes about three different things
that you will miss most when you leave
2 Read part of Zarina’s reflection on school.
leaving school. Decide what the two
things are that she mentions she will
miss the most. 5 Plan your reflection of what you will
miss most about school. Think about
your introduction and conclusion and
What will you miss most about include one thing you will miss in each
school after you have left? paragraph and some reasons why.
It is often said that your school days are the Paragraph 1

best days of your life. As far as I’m concerned, Start with a powerful sentence that introduces
it’s true. I’ve had an amazing experience the topic
at my school and there are many things that I
will miss when I leave.
Paragraph 2
For me, the most important thing about The most important thing you’ll miss and why
school is my friends. We spend every day
together, learning and playing. They are funny, Paragraph 3
sympathetic and kind. Although I’ll still see The next most important thing you’ll miss
them after I’ve left, it probably won’t be every and why
day, so I will miss them all very much.
As well as the students, it’s the teachers Paragraph 4

that make the school. I will never forget the Another thing you’ll miss and why
teachers that I have had. They have taught
me so much, have been patient, kind and
understanding and have made learning such Paragraph 5
a wonderful experience. Once I’ve left, I will A summary that refers back to the introduction
miss them and will remember them forever.
6 Write your reflection using your plan

Tip box from exercise 5. Make sure each
Topic sentences paragraph starts with a topic sentence.
Then check your work.
When you write a reflection or personal
exposition, it’s a good idea to start each new
paragraph with a topic sentence that quickly tells
the reader what it is going to be about.
Workbook p. 20
33
(E)ESL_SB3_U02.indd 33 16/10/18 9:26 am

Self-Check A
1 For each question, choose the correct answer.

1 5
Rina
Rina,
I’m out for some errands. Your lunch is in the
microwave. Remember to warm it up. Have you done the maths
homework? I can’t solve the
Love,
last two questions. Help!
Mum
Rudi
a Rina has to cook her own lunch.

b Rina’s mother has gone out to buy lunch.
c Rina’s mother has already prepared her lunch.
a Rudi wants to help Rina with the
maths homework.
2
b Rudi is asking Rina for help with the
Cody’s café maths homework.
c Rudi is telling Rina he has finished his
Dine with a friend, and maths homework.
enjoy free ice cream with
every main course ordered.
2 For each question, choose the correct
answer.
No rules here!
a Guests who are alone can’t order ice cream. Imagine a school that allows you to do whatever
b Guests who are alone don’t get free ice cream. you like at playtime. You can climb trees, 1
c Guests who come with a friend have to order scooters and bikes, and even build a house!
at least one main course. This unique school is not found in a storybook.
It 2 in Auckland, New Zealand, and is
3 called Swanson School. The principal believes
Reply
that it doesn’t 3 if children get hurt. They
To: Mrs Gan’s English class can learn from their mistakes and become more
responsible. They can even learn to be more
Remember to submit your writing project
4
of others.
at latest by next Monday. After playtime, the children here attend classes
like children in other schools. The teachers find
a Students can hand in the project them more attentive and more confident. There
before Monday. are also fewer cases of 5 .
b Students can’t hand in the project Now, wouldn’t you like to be part of this amazing
on Monday. school?
c Students can hand in the project
after Monday.
1 a ride b play
c drive d make
4
2 a found b finds
c exists d existed
Photo contest 3 a care b mind
Send in your best photo of c prove d matter
you with a family member,
4 a fair b care
and have a chance to win
c loyal d considerate
a cool camera!
5 a bully b bullies
c bullying d bullied
a The photo must show the participant and a family

member.
b The photo doesn’t have to show the participant.
c The photo has to be taken with a proper camera
and not a phone camera.
34
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_A.indd 34 27/9/18 2:42 pm

3 You must answer the question. Write your answer in about 100 words.
Read this email from the chairman of your school’s charity club and the notes you
have made.
EMAIL
From: Chairman
Subject: New charity project
Dear members,
It’s the beginning of the school year, and time to think of a new
charity project for our club.
Last year, we raised money for the children’s hospital. We could
I agree continue to do that, and support one other charity organisation as
well. Is there any organisation you think our club should support? Suggest
Please tell us why.
Name two
Also, what kinds of activities should we plan to raise money this Explain
year? We had a fun fair last year, and it was a huge success.
I hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Abdul
Write your email to Abdul using all the notes.

A
1 Who lives in Joe’s house?
a b c
2 Which club is the boy going to join?
a b c
3 Who chose the bag?
a b c
4 What is the girl’s favourite subject?
a b c
5 Where will the boy and girl take their uncle and family?
a b c
35
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_A.indd 35 12/10/18 2:37 pm

3 1
3.2
Read and listen to the leaflet
about crime prevention.
Complete the sentences with
the correct answers.
Crime doesn’t
1 When you’re out, don’t keep your
pay
where criminals can
see them.
2 When you are out and about, you
should keep your out
of sight.
3 At home, lock your
so people cannot
access your property.
4 Contact the police
if you see anyone starting a fire on
the street.
2 Read the leaflet about crime

prevention again. Match the
words in bold from the text
Children in crisis with the statements below.
1 Watch the video. Choose the 1 ‘Two men came into our front
3.1 correct answers. garden and wouldn’t leave.’
2 ‘I saw a young man throw paint
1 The video is a crime drama / documentary. over one of the statues in the park.’
2 It is about a teenager who sees / commits 3 ‘I put my phone in my bag when
a crime. I got on the bus, but when I got off
3 The crime is robbery / vandalism. the bus, it was gone.’
4 The crime takes place in an apartment 4 ‘They came in through the bedroom
building / a shopping centre. window and took my laptop when
5 The police arrest / never find the criminals. I was at school.’
5 ‘Three men went into the shop and
2 Watch the video again. Decide if the took over $100,000 of jewellery.’
sentences are true (T) or false (F). 6 ‘Someone stole my bicycle when
Correct the false sentences. I left it outside the supermarket.’
7 ‘Some people started a fire
1 Aaron’s friends told him to take the bag. in the restaurant after it closed
2 Aaron is an average secondary school student. that evening.’
3 After committing the crime, the three boys run
away together.
3 Discuss the questions and
4 The three boys denied doing the crime.
5 Aaron was very sorry about what he did. make notes.
• Which three crimes from exercise 2
3 Discuss the questions. do you think are the most serious?
Why?
• Why do you think Aaron and his friends
• What do you think should be the
committed the crime?
punishment for the criminals who
• What kind of punishment do you think is right
did these crimes?
for this sort of crime?
• How do you think Aaron’s actions have affected
his life? 4 Present your ideas for exercise 3
to the class. Vote on the three
most serious crimes and agree
on the punishments.
Workbook p. 21
36
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 36 12/10/18 2:40 pm

Vocabulary 1 Types of crime
L k after yourselves,
l k after your city!
Here are some tips from a senior police
s.
officer on how to reduce crime in our citie
▲ Burglary rates are falling but it’s still important to

protect your home. Lock windows and doors to
prevent thieves from getting inside and, if possible,
lock your front gate to stop people from trespassing
on your property.
► No one likes living

in a city where
windows and signs
are broken or
▲ With pickpocketing you don’t usually notice a theft buildings set on fire.
until you can’t find your wallet or phone. So keep Therefore, if you see
valuables in a closed bag away from criminals’ hands. any vandalism or an
arson attack, call the
police immediately.
Remember to take
care and stay safe!
▲ You can protect yourself from robbery

by not showing off your expensive
smartphone when you are out and about.
37
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 37 12/10/18 2:40 pm

Reading Gangs
1 Work in pairs. Look at the photos. 2 Joining a gang might help a teenager feel
Discuss the questions and make notes. safe if
a they want to commit crime in their
• Why do you think young people join gangs local area.
like these? b the police are looking for them.
• Do you have gangs like these in your country? c they live in a neighbourhood with lots
• What do you think of these young people? of crime.
d they are young and don’t have anyone
2 Read the text quickly. Tick (✓) the to look after them.
arguments the writer makes. Check
your notes in exercise 1 to see if any of 3 Gangs can be attractive to teenagers from
them are the same as the reasons you poor families because
discussed. a they believe gang members can
become rich.
Teenagers join gangs: b they believe gang members are powerful.
• to make friends. c the gangs promise to take care
• so they can feel safe in the area of their families.
they live. d gangs often take care of poor people
• because their family doesn’t have in their areas.
much money.
• because they aren’t good 4 Teenagers might also join gangs because
at studying. a they are bored with their lives.
• for excitement and adventure. b they have started smoking.
• to show off to their friends on c they want to feel like a leader
social media. in their community.
• because their friends are in one d they want to feel the same
and they don’t want to be different. as their friends.
Subskill 4 Read the text again. Answer the

questions.
Understanding the detail of an
1 Why do you think Johnny Parkes understands
argument the reasons teenagers join gangs?
To understand the details of an argument, 2 Why did most of Johnny’s friends join a gang?
it’s important to know: 3 Why do you think Frankie didn’t feel safe
• the claim: What does the writer think? in his neighbourhood?
• the reasons: Why does the writer think this? 4 What does Johnny find frustrating?
• the evidence: How does the writer show this? 5 Why did Dina feel she needed to join a gang?

3 Read and listen to the text carefully.
3.3 Choose the correct reason • How important is it for you to fit in with your
friends and classmates?
for each argument.
• Would you ever do something that you knew
1 Teenagers sometimes join gangs was wrong in order to make friends? Why?
to make friends • What do you think should happen to
a when they start a new school teenagers who are in criminal gangs?
and don’t know anyone.
b if they have negative experiences
with other students at school.
c if they don’t understand their
current friends.
d when they want more respect
from their friends.

38
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 38 14/12/18 9:52 AM

BLOG CAREERS CONTACT US
ABOUT MAGAZINE
Why do some teenagers join gangs?

It is human nature to want to be part of a group. Whether it is a family, a team, a school or a club, everyone
wants to belong. However, why does it seem that increasing numbers of teenagers across the world from
London to Shanghai are joining criminal gangs? A respected youth worker and former gang member,
Johnny Parkes, offers his view.
For teenagers trying to find their place in the world, even if it means
the desire to be part of a group that supports and doing something
understands them is huge. While most of us are lucky illegal, such as
enough to find that support in a loving family and burglary. And of
among our friends at school, some of us don’t. course, over
And if you are from a home where you don’t receive the past few
it from your parents or go to a school where you don’t years, some TV
make many friends or fit in, you may be attracted shows, films and
to a gang to provide that support and friendship and musicians have
to become the family you never had. In fact, most presented gang
members of my former gang told me that the main culture as thrilling
reason they joined was to belong to a group. and attractive
with its fast cars
If you grow up in a dangerous area in a city, you and luxury lifestyles. Dina, a gang member whom
may believe that joining a gang is the only way to be I now work with, told me she had joined a gang the
protected from robbery, violence and many of the other previous year to earn a bit of money to help out her
dangers around. As a gang member, you believe that family. But after a short time, she became frightened
you will be looked after and protected by the gang in a and found it very difficult to leave.
way that parents and the police are unable to. Frankie,
a well-educated gang member I spoke to said that he But more simply, it may just be that teenagers want
couldn’t walk around his neighbourhood at night without to fit in with the people around them. And for the
the protection of his gang. For youth workers like me, same reason that many young people start smoking,
this situation is frustrating. they may join a gang because their friends are in one,
and they don’t want to feel left out. But whatever it
Teenagers from very poor backgrounds whose is that attracts young people to gang life, it’s up to
parents cannot afford to buy them clothes and food, determined youth workers, teachers, parents and
may believe that joining a gang is a way to get rich community leaders to offer a more positive and more
attractive alternative.
Glossary
human nature what feels natural for all human beings
former in the past
fit in to belong to a group
lifestyles the ways that people live
community a group of people with similar interests
39
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 39 12/12/18 9:32 AM

Language focus 1 Reported speech
1 Correct the mistakes.

say and tell
We often use the reporting verbs say or tell 1 My cousin said me that she was moving
to report a statement. Say is followed by a clause to Singapore.
and tell is followed by an object. 2 My teacher told us to reported
the theft to the police.
3 I told the police officer that I can’t remember
Direct speech Reported speech what the thief looked like.
‘I am hungry,’ Sophie said that she 4 Felix said he has been there since
said Sophie. was hungry. the day before.
5 Kevin told me he must buy a present
‘You’re trespassing,’ Tom told the men that for Jo’s birthday.
Tom told the men. they were trespassing.
When we report a time phrase at a later time 3.4 exercise 1.
we usually change the phrase, e.g. today → that
day, yesterday → the day before, tomorrow →
the next day.
3 Rewrite the sentences in exercise 1
in direct speech.
Direct speech Reported speech

4 Complete the sentences using
‘I’ll do it tomorrow,’ Anna said she’d do it reported speech.
said Anna. the next day.
‘I joined a gang last Dina told me she had I may not be able to go tonight.
year,’ Dina told me. joined a gang the
year before.
1 Arnold said .
‘I’m busy tonight,’ Ali told me that he was
Ali told me. busy that night.
I can’t remember where you live.

In reported speech, some modal verbs change,
e.g. can → could, may → might, must →
had to. But could, might, should and would
2 Bella told .
stay the same.

You must be here at 5 pm.
‘I can’t go to the Fatima said that
meeting,’ said Fatima. she couldn’t go to
the meeting.
3 My mum told us .
‘They may be late,’ Mum said that they
said Mum. might be late.
‘You must obey The police officer said Today is going to be amazing.
the law’, said the that we had to obey
police officer. the law.
4 Minho said .
Tip box
When we report what someone said in a I come here every year.

different place, we also make other changes,
e.g. here → there, come → go.
‘Everyone can come here,’ Ben told us. → 5 My aunt said .
Ben told us that everyone could go there.
5 Look at the photos in exercise 4.

Write an alternative sentence for each
person using reported speech.

40
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 40 27/9/18 1:42 pm

Vocabulary 2 Crime news
Eight youths were arrested A woman was robbed of over $500 last night
after they set fire to a bus by two men while walking home from the bank.
stop and vandalised a car
in Queen’s Street last night.
Statistics show that no planes were
hijacked last year after improved security
Passengers on the metro have been warned at airports. This has shown that it is now
to be careful after thieves pickpocketed 20 almost impossible for a plane to be taken
people last Saturday and stole mobile phones over by force.
and cash worth up to $10,000.
A university student was arrested

yesterday for hacking into the
A woman official government website
was caught last weekend.
shoplifting
an expensive
dress from
a clothes Some vegetarians believe that killing an animal is as bad
store in the as murdering someone.
city centre
yesterday.
It is believed that the manager of Globus Bank was
kidnapped. Someone saw him being taken from his car
by a group of men and driven away.
1 Read and listen to the newspaper stories. Match the correct form of the verbs in bold
3.5 to their definitions (1–10).
1 take something that isn’t yours from a person or place
2 deliberately end someone’s life
3 take a person and keep him/her as a prisoner
4 take something that isn’t yours through threats or violence
5 take control of a car or plane with force
6 deliberately burn something and destroy it
7 take something that isn’t yours from someone’s pocket or bag in a public place
8 to get access to a website, or data in a system or computer without permission
9 deliberately damage something that isn’t yours
10 deliberately take something from a shop without paying
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in bold.
1 Two thieves a bank in the city centre yesterday.
2 Eight men a plane and told the pilot to land at the nearest airport.
3 A criminal gang tried to a wealthy businessman in order to get money.
4 Alex got into a lot of trouble when he a T-shirt from the sports shop.
5 A group of people the tennis courts and the swimming pool last night.
6 It’s very dangerous to things as lots of people could get hurt.
7 In the best-selling crime novel, the central character her neighbour in a fit of anger.
8 The company email system was down yesterday because someone into it overnight.
9 Someone my grandmother’s shoes from outside her apartment yesterday.
10 The thief was arrested after he tried to a wallet from a police officer’s jacket.

1 What is the difference between robbing someone and pickpocketing them?
2 Have you ever heard about a building that was set fire to in your area? What happened?
3 Has anyone ever stolen something of yours? What was it? How did you feel?
4 Why do you think people vandalise things? Have you seen any vandalism where you live?
Workbook p. 25
41
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 41 27/9/18 1:42 pm

Language focus 2 Shocked or shocking?
2 Complete the sentences with the

Past participles Present participles participles in the box.
bored, broken, boring, breaking,
confused, excited, confusing, exciting, dressed fashioned haired tired
fascinated, frightened, fascinating, frightening, relaxing confusing fitting sleeved
interested, relaxed, interesting, relaxing,
shocked, surprised, shocking, surprising, 1 The man was wearing a short-
tired tiring shirt when he was last seen.
2 Marcus is always well- when
We can use past and present participles
he goes to school.
as adjectives.
3 Our holiday by the sea was very .
We often use past participles as adjectives
4 His clothes are very old- .
to talk about how someone feels.
He looks like he’s from the 90s.
She became frightened.
5 We were really after the long
ride.
Most past participles have passive meanings
6 Sunny has lost a lot of weight and all his
when we use them as adjectives.
clothes are now really loose- .
a respected youth worker (He is respected
7 She was dark- and she was
by others.)
wearing blue jeans.
8 It was a question that
We often use present participles as adjectives
I didn’t understand.
to talk about the people or things that cause
the feelings.
This situation is frustrating. 3 Write sentences using participles as
adjectives to describe the following
Present participles can have similar meanings people and things.
to active verbs. 1 your mother or father
An increasing number of teenagers ... 2 the last book you read
(The number of teenagers is increasing.) 3 your best friend
4 a recent news story
Tip box 5 your favourite item of clothing
6 a film or TV show you saw recently
Some participles can only be used
in compound adjectives with other
adjectives or adverbs. Many of these are
used to describe people and clothes.
For people: good-looking, middle-aged,
curly-haired, brown-eyed, long-legged,
well-educated
For clothes: short / long-sleeved, tight-fitting,
open-necked, old-fashioned, well-dressed
1 Complete the sentences. Choose the

correct answers.
1 The book was really frightened / frightening
so I stopped reading it.
2 My mum is an educated / educating woman.
3 I was excited / exciting to go to the cinema
last week.
4 I received a surprised / surprising number
of presents for my birthday.
5 Those old photos are really
embarrassed / embarrassing. Please don’t
show them!
6 He couldn’t walk to the shops because
he had a broken / breaking leg.

42
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 42 27/9/18 1:42 pm

Listening Britain’s biggest robbery
1 Look at the photos. Answer the questions. 3 Listen again. Then answer the questions.
• What do you think the people are doing? 1 Who was Colin Dixon?
• Where do you think they are? 2 Why did he get into the car with the man
who stopped him?
2 Listen to a podcast about Britain’s 3 Why did the robbers leave behind £154 million?
3.6 biggest robbery. Put the events 4 Where did the police find over £1 million?
in the correct order. 5 How many people were arrested because
of the robbery?
a Mr Dixon was kidnapped and taken
to a farm. 4 Read these sentences. Write down
b The thieves put £53 million into a lorry who you think said them.
and drove off.
c Seven men went to prison for the crimes. 1 ‘Can you get out of the car and come with
d The staff at the depot called the police. me, please?’
e Colin Dixon’s car was stopped by someone 2 ‘Where are you taking me?’
he thought was a police officer. 3 ‘The lorry is full now. We’ll have to leave the
f Police recovered around £20 million rest of the money here.’
of the cash. 4 ‘There’s been a robbery at the
g The robbers arrived at the Securitas Securitas depot.’
cash depot. 5 ‘I think we should look inside that van.’
6 ‘I’m arresting you for the robbery at the
Securitas depot.’
5 Work in pairs. What do you think

happened to the missing £33 million?
Present your answers to the class.
43
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 43 27/9/18 1:42 pm

Speaking Eyewitness
1 Work in pairs. Look at the pictures. 4 Work in pairs. Student A has just
3.7 Describe what you see. witnessed a crime. Student B
is a TV reporter who is going to
2 Listen to an interview with a woman interview student A, the witness.
who saw the crime take place. Student A: Make notes about the following.
Write three differences between what Student B: Write questions about the following.
is in the pictures and what the woman • where the crime happened
describes. • what happened
• a description of the people involved
• what was said
3 Listen again. Tick (✓) the phrases in the • how it ended
Useful phrases box that the reporter • anything else that was important
and the witness say.
5 Role play the interview with your
Useful phrases classmate. Use the phrases in the
Useful phrases box.
Finding out what happened
• Can you describe …? 6 Now swap roles and repeat
• I’d like to ask you about … exercises 4 and 5.
• Could I ask you about …?
• What did they look like? 7 Present the crime your classmate
• What about …? witnessed to the class.
• What were they doing?
• And what happened next?
• Can you remember …?
Speculating about what happened

• … I think they were …
• I’m pretty certain that …
• They seemed to be …
• I’d say that …
• It looked like …
• It’s hard to say, but I think …
• … or something like that.
• I can’t be sure, but I’d say …
44
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 44 27/9/18 1:42 pm

Writing Teenage crime
1 Look at the photo and answer the

questions. Make notes of your answers.
• Why do you think these teenagers
are doing this?
• What do you think we can do to reduce
teenage crime?
2 Read the extracts from

om a student’s exposition. Complete the paragraph plan.
How can teenage crime be reduced?

Most people agree that teenage crime can be In order to tackle this problem, a number of things
a serious problem today. But what causes it are necessary. First of all, it’s vital that parents take
and how can it be reduced? more interest in their children’s lives. In addition,
schools should introduce more after school clubs
In my opinion, teenagers usually commit crimes
for teenagers. Moreover, what I would propose is …
because they are bored. It is often said that
teenagers spend too much time at home and hardly In conclusion, reducing teenage crime could
ever do outdoor activities. As I see it, they turn improve the lives of everybody, and in my view,
to crime for excitement. Furthermore, … giving students plenty of choices outside of school
will help very much. Not only that, …
1 Introduction 3 Proposals
• teenage crime is 1 • 5 need to be interested
in teenagers
• schools should have more 6
2 Main arguments
• teenagers commit crimes because they’re
2 4 Conclusion
• less teenage crime is better for 7
• they don’t do enough 3
• give students more 8
• crime is 4 for them
of things to do
3 Read the exposition again. Complete 4 Decide with a classmate how you would
the useful phrases in the box with reduce teenage crime and plan an
words in the text. exposition on this topic. Use your notes
from exercise 1, the paragraph plan from
Useful phrases exercise 2 and the Useful phrases box.
Introducing your opinions Tip box
• I believe that …
• In my 1 ,… Punctuation tip: Short quotations
• As I 2 it, … When you want to use a direct quotation
• In my 3 ,… (the exact words someone said) in a sentence,
we put the words they say in quotation marks
Introducing other people’s and a comma before the quotation.
opinions The chief of police said, ‘It’s a serious
• It is a common belief that … problem we need to address.’
• Most people 4 that … However, when it’s a short quotation that
• It is often 5 that … continues a sentence, we don’t need
to use a comma.
Introducing proposals The chief of police said the problem was
‘bigger than we first thought’.
• I would recommend …
• In order to 6 this problem, …
• It’s 7 that … 5 Write your exposition with your plan
• What I would 8 is …
from exercise 4. Make sure each
paragraph starts with a topic sentence.
Workbook p. 28
45
(E)ESL_SB3_U03.indd 45 12/10/18 2:43 pm

4 1
4.2
Read and listen to the article.
Write the words in bold from the
text in the correct column.
Factual genres Fictional genres
That’s
1 5
2 6
entertainment!
3 7
4 8
9
10
2 Complete the sentences with your

answers in exercise 1.
1 This has been going on
for over 20 years and is about the lives
of a group of characters that live in the
same apartment block in Hong Kong.
2 It’s a about how
What do you watch on TV? explorers first reached the South Pole.
3 The winner of this will
1 Listen to five people talking about their perform at the national theatre.
4 Did you see the report about the
4.1
000 favourite types of TV programmes.
typhoon raging in the Philippines
Match the programmes (1 – 5) to the on today?
speakers (a – e). 5 It is one of the funniest
1 Speaker A a news I’ve seen on TV. I couldn’t stop laughing.
2 Speaker B b sitcoms 6 There’s a new film about
3 Speaker C c reality shows a group of people who live on Mars
4 Speaker D d drama for a year.
5 Speaker E e documentaries 7 On this , eight people live
together in a large house and have
2 Listen again. Choose the correct answers. to try and start a successful company.
8 I love because there
1 Speaker A prefers to watch TV shows that are always lots of car chases,
are entertaining / educational. explosions and fight scenes so you
2 Speaker B can’t understand the appeal never get bored.
of reality shows / TV dramas. 9 I really like watching
3 Speaker C often watches one episode / a few because I enjoy watching love stories
episodes of her favourite dramas each week. that also make you laugh.
4 Speaker D prefers TV shows that make him 10 It’s a serious about
think / are entertaining. a boy who is trying to find his parents.
5 Speaker E likes / dislikes the TV shows that The acting is excellent and the story
her husband watches. is really interesting.
3 Discuss the questions. 3 Discuss the questions.

• Do you agree or disagree with the opinions • What are your favourite types of films
of the speakers in exercises 1 and 2? Why? and TV shows? Why?
• What is your opinion of the types of TV show • Which are the most popular TV and
they discussed? film genres among people your age
in your country? Why?
• Which genres are not so popular?
Why?
• Do you think the TV and film genres
that you like reflect the person you
are? Why?
46
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 46 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Vocabulary 1 Film & TV genres
NEXT
SUPERSTAR Singing contest
WORLD
BREAKING
NEWS
NEWS
IN CINEMAS SOON
‘We are what we watch.’ Have you ever thought Drama fans have an interest in people and are usually
about what your favourite films and TV shows more realistic, but if you enjoy laughing at sitcoms on
say about you? TV then you’re probably more optimistic and want to
enjoy life. However, if you adore romantic comedies
If you enjoy action films, you might be looking for then there is a good chance you believe in love over
more excitement, but if science fiction is more your everything else.
thing, you probably believe that there is hope in this
world or in others. Finally, if you like TV talent shows, you might have a
wish to perform on stage one day!
People who enjoy watching real people on TV in
reality shows or soap operas tend to like being
part of a community and are friendly, warm and
understanding. However, fans of the news and
documentaries may be better educated, but also
more individualistic.
Workbook p. 29
47
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 47 12/10/18 3:07 pm

Reading What’s on TV?
1 Look at the photo in the TV preview. 4 Everyone’s saying this is the funniest show
Discuss the questions. on TV at the moment.
5 There is some surprising news in this show
• What type of show is this and have you this week.
watched one recently? 6 The writers of this show have already had
• What was the best programme you saw one hit.
on TV last week? Why?
• What programmes are popular
4 Read the TV preview again.
in your country? Why?
• What would you recommend to watch
Answer the questions.
on TV this week? Why? 1 Why do you think the writer describes
Basketball for All as moving and inspiring?
2 Read and listen to the TV preview. 2 What does the writer find surprising about
4.3 Write the genre beside each TV show In the Neighbourhood?
using the genres in the box. There is 3 Why is the writer unsure what to think about
one extra genre. The Post Room?
4 Why isn’t the writer a fan of reality shows?
reality show talent show game show 5 How is The Jungle different from other
documentary soap opera sitcom similar shows?
1 Basketball for All 5 Discuss the questions.

2 In the Neighbourhood • Which of these shows would or wouldn’t
3 Brightest Stars you be most interested in watching? Why?
4 The Post Room • How similar are TV shows in your country
5 The Jungle to the ones in the TV preview?
• How are documentaries and reality shows
3 Read and listen to the TV preview again. different? Which do you prefer and why?
Match the programmes in the text to
the correct statements. There is one
extra statement.
1 You can choose the winner of this show.
2 There is nothing fake about what happens
to these people.
3 This show is the writer’s favourite this week.

48
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 48 27/9/18 1:48 pm

What to watch this week
Basketball for All Monday, 9 pm, SSTV3
For many children and teenagers around the world who have to work from a young age to support their family,
playing any kind of sport is just a dream. This programme tells the true story of a team of professional basketball
players from Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand and China who gave up their lives in the national leagues to fulfil the
basketball dreams of these children. Watch as they travel across Asia to give young people from a number of
poor communities a chance to learn the sport. An extraordinary programme that is both deeply moving and
inspiring. This show is my pick of the week.
In the Neighbourhood Monday to Friday, 7.30 pm,

WatchAsia
This long-running drama about the lives of ordinary
people living in one neighbourhood in Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia gets even more exciting this week when a
guest at Adam and Najwa’s wedding brings news that
no one expects to hear. For a show that runs five times
a week, it’s amazing how the writers can continue
to create enough storylines to keep the millions of
viewers hooked. And if you’re a massive fan like me, I’m
In the Neighbourhood sure you won’t want to miss any of the drama this week.
Brightest Stars Saturday, 8 pm, Talent Channel

The most talked about show of the year, it seems that everyone has their own favourite to win this year’s
Brightest Stars. In Saturday’s final, the public will decide who takes home the million-dollar prize. Singer
Ruby Sounds has greatly impressed the public and the judges, but the competition is very strong this year.
Watch out for Exhilarate, whose spectacular performance last week was a complete surprise. Don’t forget to
download the app for faster voting.
The Post Room Thursday, 9.30 pm, LifeTV

Some of the funniest shows on TV at the moment are coming out of the USA, but we’ll have to wait and see
if The Post Room is going to be one of them. This brand new weekly show is about four young men and women
who work in the post room of a large company in New York and it stars two top actors. It’s written by the team
behind the award-winning show All Back to Bill’s, so hopes are high. Yet, with no previews shown, whether they
can deliver as many laughs here remains to be seen.
The Jungle Tuesday and Thursday, 8 pm, StarTV7

Shows that put ordinary people in unusual situations and film the results don’t usually seem real, but a great
deal of effort has gone into The Jungle, and it is an exception. Twelve people are dropped into the middle
of a pitch-dark Indonesian rainforest at night and have ten days to find their way out. They must find their own
food and water, build shelters, and face different challenges every day: from crossing a fast-flowing river to
dealing with a snake bite. Unlike many similar shows, the drama here is very real. Gripping stuff.
Glossary
storyline the basic story
in a film, book or TV show
hooked enjoying something
very much
preview a chance to watch a TV
show or film before everyone else
49
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 49 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Language focus 1 Quantifiers
2 Look at the photos. Complete the

Quantifiers sentences with quantifiers.
+ countable + uncountable + countable /
noun noun uncountable
noun
both (of) a little (of) all (of)
each (of) (not) much (of) half (of)
either (of) a bit of most (of)
neither (of) a great deal of enough (of)
a few (of) 1 Due to the heavy rain, there were only a
a number of people on the street.
We use quantifiers to talk about the number

or the amount of something.
When we’re talking about something generally,

we use the quantifier + noun.
Ruby Sounds has impressed the public
most weeks. 2 of the people in the stadium
When we’re talking about a specific group, were wearing red.
we use the quantifier + of the before the noun.
Some of the funniest shows on TV at the moment
are coming out of the USA.
Both means ‘this and that’.

Both of the shows were written by the same
team.
We use both, either and neither when we are 3 of the restaurants were open
talking about two things. so we decided to go home.
Either means ‘this or that’.
We can watch either of these films.
Neither means ‘not this or that’.

I’ve seen neither of these TV shows.
Tip box
4 There were a of people waiting
We often use a great deal of with abstract outside the cinema when we arrived.
nouns such as time, money, effort.
… a great deal of effort has gone into
The Jungle …

1 Both / Either / Neither my sister and I love
watching talent shows on TV. 5 of the houses in my street are
2 Most / Most of the / A bit of the people I know painted white.
don’t watch much TV.
3 Complete the sentences so that they
3 I have seen a great deal of / a number of / both
famous people since I moved to London. are true for you.
4 The director spent a great deal of / a number 1 None of the students in my class …
of / each time making the film. 2 I spend a great deal of time …
5 I read the reviews, but either / neither / both 3 Only a few people I know …
of the films sounded interesting. 4 Most of the TV shows I watch are …
6 I haven’t got most / half of the / enough money 5 I haven’t got enough …
to buy a new laptop at the moment. 6 Most of my friends …

50
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 50 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Vocabulary 2 The film business
Home Blogs Gallery Contact
VIEW MORE
Last week I spent the day on a film set at the famous to be in a storm on the Pacific Ocean. After filming,
Pinewood Studios near London, where blockbusters they added special effects to the images. Then,
such as the James Bond films are made. There were they added some wave and wind noises to the
over a hundred people on set, including actors, soundtrack, so it looked and sounded like the actors
costume designers and the writer of the screenplay, were really at sea.
but the most important person was the director.
Whenever she spoke, everyone listened. I can’t wait to see the final product. But I was told
I’d have to wait at least two years until the film
I watched them filming a scene involving a boat is released. Perhaps I’ll get invited to watch the
in a giant pool of water. The boat was meant premiere in Hollywood!
1 Read and listen to the blog post. 2 Listen to six people talking about a film.
4.4 Complete the sentences with the 4.5 Match the words in bold from the blog
words in bold. post with the speakers 1 – 6.
1 The first time you can watch a film is at its 1 4
. 2 5
2 The tells the actors what to do 3 6
and decides exactly how the film will look.
3 The music and everything else that you hear 3 Complete the sentences so they are
in a film goes on the . true for you.
4 In a film, a is a small part of the
film that takes place in one place. 1 The best special effects I’ve ever seen were ...
5 To be a , a film must be really 2 The most memorable soundtrack I remember
popular with audiences. listening to was …
6 In this film, they didn’t use real animals. 3 The last blockbuster I watched was …
Instead, they were created using . 4 The funniest scene in a film I can
7 The is the place where the film remember was …
is made.
8 The describes the story and 4 Work in groups. Compare your
everything that will happen in a film. sentences in exercise 3. Find out more
about the films everyone talks about.
Workbook p. 33
51
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 51 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Language focus 2 Intensifiers
Intensifiers Purpose
absolute, complete, total to describe strong feelings and extreme situations
Adjective +
great to describe feelings and qualities
Noun
high, low to describe levels
absolutely, completely, totally to describe strong feelings and extreme situations
deeply to describe strong personal feelings
Adverb +
strongly to talk about opinions
Adjective / Verb
slightly to say a little
hardly to say almost not
We use intensifying adjectives to alter the meaning of non-physical nouns.

Watch out for Exhilarate, whose spectacular performance last week was a complete surprise.
We use intensifying adverbs to alter the meaning of adjectives.

An extraordinary programme that is both deeply moving …
Intensifiers can also alter the meaning of some verbs.

I strongly believe the drama here is very real.
1 Read the film review. Choose the correct answers.
Film Review: Missing

After her 1great / greatly success as a pop star, it was
a 2complete / completely shock for her fans when Nicole gave up
singing to become a serious actress. This is her first film,
and after seeing her performance as a young police officer, most
people will 3strong / strongly agree that it was a smart move. The
film starts with one of the most exciting car chases I’ve seen, as
Nicole’s character pursues a group of criminals
through the streets of Chicago at 4high / highly speed.
But this isn’t just another action film, it is a serious drama as well, and I was 5deep / deeply moved
by Nicole’s performance as she tries to find the people responsible for kidnapping her father. Although
the film is 6slight / slightly too long, it’s unlikely you’ll get bored because of the great story and 7high / highly
impressive acting.
2 All the intensifiers are in the wrong sentences. Put them in the correct sentences.
1 The concert was strongly amazing. The best I’ve ever seen.
2 We slightly believe that it’s wrong to keep wild animals as pets.
3 The twins are very similar but they are also complete different from each other.
4 You have a very great chance of winning the lottery.
5 What she said was absolutely nonsense. I didn’t understand any of it.
6 Martin is a low friend of mine. He’s so generous and kind.
3 Write sentences using intensifiers to describe the following.

1 Something you’ve done that was absolutely amazing
2 Something you strongly believe
3 A great day that you’ve had
4 A deeply moving film or TV show you’ve watched
5 Something you heard that was a complete surprise

52
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 52 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Listening What are they watching?
1 Look at the photos from films and TV 2 Listen to five short dialogues from
programmes. Then discuss the questions. 4.6 films and TV programmes. Match the
• What do you think is happening genres in the box to the dialogues (1 – 5).
in each photo? There are two extra genres.
• What do you think the people are saying?
documentary romantic comedy
soap opera science fiction film
news talent show
action film
1 4
2 5
3
3 Listen again. Write the correct dialogue

number in each sentence.
1 In dialogue , someone isn’t concerned
by what has just happened.
2 Someone is trying to share something
important in dialogue .
3 In dialogue , someone is concerned about
what may happen in the future.
4 Someone is pleasantly surprised by what
someone else has said in dialogue .
5 In dialogue , someone is trying to explain
a problem.
4 Listen again. Answer the questions.

1 In dialogue 1, why do you think Jack has
to ask his parents to listen to him ‘for a
minute’?
2 In dialogue 2, what is the officer deeply
concerned about?
3 In dialogue 3, how do you think the singer’s
performance is going to change her life?
4 In dialogue 4, what is the narrator really
surprised about?
5 In dialogue 5, what does the woman think
will be a complete disaster?

• Which of the films or TV programmes would
you most like to watch? Why?
• What type of people usually watch these
types of film and TV programmes? Why?
53
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 53 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Speaking What do you watch?
1 Complete the survey.

Your TV viewing habits
1 Every day, I watch TV for

less than one hour. between one and two hours.
between two and four hours more than four hours
2 I usually watch TV
in my bedroom. in the living room.
in the kitchen. somewhere else.
3 I watch programmes
on a TV set. on a computer.
on a phone. on a tablet.
4 My favourite types of TV programmes are

dramas. documentaries.
sitcoms. soap operas.
reality shows. talent shows.
5 I watch about % of TV programmes in English.
2 Now write the questions you need 6 Listen again. Tick the useful phrases she
to ask to complete the survey. uses.
How much TV do you watch every day? Useful phrases
1 Where ?
2 How ? Introducing the aims
3 What ? • We wanted to find out … • The aim of our
4 What percentage ? research was to …
3 Work in pairs. Discuss the questions Reporting the findings

in exercise 2. Complete the survey for • To begin with, … • First of all, …
your classmate. • We were able to see that … • We noticed …
4 Interview five students in your class Adding more information
and make notes of their answers. • In addition, … • Moving on to …
• Concerning, … • With regards to …
5 Listen to a student presenting
• Finally, …
4.7 a report on her survey. Choose the
correct answers. Concluding
1 She noticed a number / a great deal • In conclusion, … • In summary, …
of interesting trends.
2 A small number / Many of the students
watched less than one hour of TV a day. 7 Write a report based on the survey results
3 Almost all / half of the students we spoke to in exercise 1, 3 and 4.
watched between two and four hours a day. • Follow the paragraph plan below.
4 All / A large number of the students watched • Use your notes in exercise 4, the Useful phrases
TV in the living room. box and suitable quantifiers to help you.
5 About three quarters / two thirds of the
students watched TV on a tablet Paragraph plan
or on the phone. 1 Aims of the survey
6 Around half / A quarter of the students 2 Findings
watched TV on their computers. 3 Conclusion and recommendations
7 A small number / A large number of students
liked dramas.
8 Two / Ten of the students liked documentaries. 8 Present your report to the class. Listen
9 Some / The majority of the students watched to the other reports and make a note
54 over 50% of programmes in English. of anything interesting that is said.
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 54 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Writing A proposal
3 Read the email again and complete the

headings for the Useful phrases with
the words in the box.
background information a proposal

starting reasons
further action
Useful phrases
• 1
a formal email - I’m
writing to you on behalf of …
1 Look at the photo. Discuss the questions. • Providing 2 - Following a
… , it was revealed that …
• What do you think these students are doing?
• Do you ever do this at school? Would you • Making 3 - We would like to
like to? propose …
• Giving 4 - We strongly
2 You and your classmates would like to believe that …
organise an English film week at your
• Requesting 5 - I would be
school. Read Pimchan’s email to the
keen to discuss …
Head of English Language proposing
the idea. Then discuss the questions.
Which paragraph of the letter is about: Subskill
1 the background of the proposal?
2 what the proposal is? Punctuate with accuracy
3 a request for a meeting?
In formal writing, using punctuation correctly
4 the reasons for the proposal?
will help to give the reader a more positive
5 more details of the proposal?
impression of the text. In particular, check that:
Reply Forward • commas are used after Dear …, and
Yours sincerely,
To Mr Whitby • sentences end with a full stop and
questions with a question mark
From Pimchan Wattana Date 26th January
• apostrophes are used in the correct
Subject Proposal for an English film week position with the possessive ‘s’
Dear Mr Whitby • hyphens are used in numbers
I am writing to you on behalf of students in Grade 10

regarding a proposal for an English film week at school. 4 Read the email again. Find and correct
Following a discussion during an English lesson, five punctuation errors.
it was revealed that students are interested in
watching films in English, but very few have the 5 Write an email to the Head of English
opportunity in our citys’ cinemas. Language at your school proposing
We would like to propose a week of English films an English film week. Use the email
to be shown after school with conversation clubs in exercise 2 and Useful phrases in
to discuss the films. Different films could be shown exercise 3 to help you. Check your
to different age groups. spelling, grammar and punctuation
We strongly believe that an English film week would
carefully.
encourage more students to use English outside of
class. In addition, it would be enjoyable for everyone
I would be keen to discuss the proposal with you.
Would that be possible.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely
Pimchan Wattana
Workbook p. 36
55
(E)ESL_SB3_U04.indd 55 27/9/18 1:48 pm

Self-Check B

Ian’s school is organising some workshops for students as part of the school’s annual arts
festival. Decide which workshop would be most suitable for Ian and his friends below.
1 Ian’s classmates call him the 4 Aleena studies music, and is
class clown. He enjoys interested in using computers
making people laugh, but he’s to produce music. She hopes
also afraid that others will find to be a sound engineer in the
him too silly. He would really entertainment business,
like to do something more producing special sounds for
serious with his humour. TV programmes to make
them more interesting.
2 Wendy is very active. Even
when she is sitting down, she 5 Donald loves music, and
is always humming a tune, plays both the piano and the
and moving to its rhythm. She violin. Singing and dancing
might want to be a PE or are also his hobbies. His
dance teacher one day. dream is to form his own boy
band, and write songs for the
3 Yong Jin loves watching Korean band to perform.
drama. He thinks he might be
an actor, or a director in the
future. He’s not sure yet, and he
would like to find out where his
interests and talents lie.
Workshops for students
a All about special effects e Action, cut

Are you interested in film directing? In this workshop,
Have you ever wondered how fantastic places
you will have a chance to direct a short scene while
and objects look so real to us in science fiction
your friends act out the scene. You will also get to act
films? Come and discover for yourself the ways
in a scene directed by your friends. This way, you’ll
special effects are made to create worlds beyond
know what it takes to be a good director, from both
our imagination. You will also learn some basic
the director’s and the actor’s viewpoint.
skills for creating interesting images and special
f At the Oscars
sound effects using suitable computer programs.
Well, it’s not the Oscars, but in this workshop, you’ll
b It’s just make-up learn how to smile, laugh, or cry on demand. An actor
How important is make-up in the making of who was a student of Springfield High will share with
a TV programme? How is make-up for the you what he has learnt in drama school and in his
screen different from make-up for day-to-day acting career. You’ll also get to act out a short scene
activities? If these questions interest you, then with him. Hurry! Places are limited.
this workshop is for you. You’ll learn some useful
tips on how to use make-up to create different g What’s in a song?
looks, and to change the way people look. Sometimes, a film’s theme song stays popular long
after people have forgotten the film itself. This shows
c The newsreader
the power of music to inspire and influence people.
Many people wish they could read as well as
Take a step towards using music effectively by signing
the newsreaders they hear on TV. Are you one
up for this song-writing workshop. Some background
of them? Your wish could come true today.
in music is helpful, but not necessary.
Come and learn how to read fluently and with
perfect pronunciation. Don’t be surprised if h K-pop craze
you score an A on your next oral exam. This workshop is for those who don’t want to simply
sit down and listen to talks. In fact, you won’t have
d Laugh and learn
the chance to sit down at all in this action-packed
If you enjoy watching sitcoms, this workshop is
workshop that will keep you on your feet, moving
for you. You will watch and analyse some funny
stylishly to the latest K-pop hits. Why not come and
scenes from well-known sitcoms and discuss
experience what it takes to dance like a K-pop star?
what make them work. You will also work in
teams to write and produce a short sitcom that
you can call your own.
56
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_B.indd 56 12/10/18 3:09 pm

2 For each question, write the correct answer. Write one word for each gap.
A “beary” famous actor

Have you 1 heard of Bart the Bear? He was a well-known 20th century bear actor.
Bart was born in 1977 at the Baltimore Zoo, and was adopted 2 two animal trainers for films.
Bart was a quick learner, and soon started acting in a TV series.
As Bart grew, 3 did his acting career. At 2.9 m tall and weighing just under 700 kg, he acted
next to Hollywood actors who found this “giant” an absolute joy to work with. Bart was even
nominated for an Oscar award in 1988 for his role in a French film. However, the nomination 4
not go through, because animal actors did not qualify for such awards.
In 2000, Bart 5 of cancer at the age of 23. He will always be remembered by many as 6
amazing Bart the Bear.
3 Your English teacher has asked you to write a story. Your story must begin with
this sentence.
It was the chance of a lifetime.
Write your story.

B
You will hear an interview with Police Inspector Robertson.
1 Shoplifting is in this city.
a more common than other kinds of crime
b less common than other kinds of crime
c planned by gangs
2 Why do some people commit traffic crime?
a They don’t know it’s illegal.
b They know they can’t be caught.
c They enjoy the excitement.
3 The last kidnapping case in this city happened in the century.
a 19th
b 20th
c 21st
4 According to the Inspector, the police have just set up a new department to
a look into shoplifting.
b look into computer hacking.
c educate the public on staying safe.
5 How can people avoid being victims of crime?
a They shouldn’t go to crowded places alone.
b They shouldn’t go to quiet places alone.
c They shouldn’t let their neighbours know when they’re away on vacation
6 This city has violent crime.
a no
b little
c a great deal of
57
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_B.indd 57 27/9/18 2:50 pm

5 1
5.2
Read and listen to the blog post.
Match the words in bold to the
descriptions (1 – 5).
1 In this part of the city some very
A place
large companies have their offices.
to live
2 Lots of people live in this area,
which is outside of the city centre.
3 You’ll find most of the historical
buildings here.
4 People come here to buy new
clothes or the latest technology.
5 There’s a large factory in this area.
2 Complete the sentences with the

adjectives in bold in the blog post.
1 The city is really
because of all the smoke from
factories, cars and lorries.
2 The railway station is always
with people arriving
A long way from home and departing in the evenings.
3 With its beautiful architecture and
1 Watch the video. Choose the correct amazing views of the sea, Santorini
5.1 answers. is one of the most
1 What is the video about? Greek Islands.
a A woman’s holiday in Uganda 4 The main square was
b A woman’s experience of working in Uganda with thousands of people this
2 Who is Tam Wai Jia? evening after the big cricket match
a A doctor b A teacher finished.
3 Who is she with in Uganda? 5 Some of the houses in this
a Her husband b Her friends city were built over
1,500 years ago.
2 Watch the video again. Decide if the
sentences are true (T) or false (F). 3 Draw a simple map of a city centre
Correct the false sentences. that you know well. Label the
different parts of the city centre.
1 Tam Wai Jia went to Uganda in 2004.
2 Cliff is teaching English to local people.
3 There are now 30 rabbits on the farm. 4 Work in pairs. Present your map
4 Tam says rabbit isn’t as sweet as chicken. to a classmate. Describe the
5 Tam has helped local women to start a jewellery different parts of the city centre
business. and what happens in them using
6 The jewellery buisness is important for the local the adjectives in exercise 5.
women because it gives them a chance to earn
money.

• Would you like to live and work abroad when
you finish school? Why?
• Why do you think doctors and nurses choose to
leave home to work in less developed countries?
• If you lived abroad, what do you think you
would miss most from home?
Workbook p. 37
58
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 58 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Vocabulary 1 City living
Gallery Blog Contact us

Home
My city: Lahore
My family moved to Lahore from the UK
last year when my dad got a job here.
He works for a large pharmaceutical
company in a factory in one of the
industrial areas of the city.
We live in a really nice suburb called

Defence Housing Authority Lahore.
It’s quiet, clean and it doesn’t feel any
more polluted than London.
The old city is really picturesque,

and you can find many ancient and
historic monuments and some great
shopping bazaars. But the narrow
streets can get really crowded,
especially at the weekend.
But if you’re into fashion, the best place

for shopping is in the trendy shopping
district of Gulberg. Gulberg is also one
of Lahore’s most important business
districts and is always bustling with
shoppers and office workers. At first,
I wasn’t sure I would like it in Lahore, but
now I love it! It’s such a great city.
59
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 59 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Reading Let’s go to Copenhagen
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the 3 Read and listen to the magazine article
questions. again. Complete the sentences with
• What can you see in the photos? words in the article.
• Where in the world do you think it is? 1 The writer wasn’t to find out
• What are your first impressions of this city? that people in Denmark are among the
happiest in the world.
2 Read and listen to the magazine article. 2 Hygge refers to a warm and friendly
5.3 Choose the correct answers. .
3 You can see the and the
1 According to the first paragraph,
either on foot or in a boat.
a 30% of Danish people don’t use a car.
4 Tivoli Gardens looks spectacular at night
b more people cycle to work than drive in
because of all the .
Coperhager.
5 There are lots of cycle where
c hospitals are very expensive in Denmark.
you can safely ride your bike.
2 What is a cinnamon snail?
a A café in Nyhavn Subskill
b Something you eat
c Something you drink Understanding devices used
by a writer to express intentions
3 Where’s the best place to experience hygge? Writers use a variety of techniques to express
a At Tivoli Gardens different intentions.
b At a Dane’s home • Dramatic and emotional adjectives are used to
c On a canal boat attract attention and create strong feelings.
• Lists of three or more things can be used
4 Who has Copenhagen been voted the best to show the writer has lots of evidence to
city for? support their idea.
a children • Questions are often used to try to engage and
b pedestrians involve readers in a text.
c cyclists • Imperatives can be used to appeal directly to
a reader.
5 What does the city use to keep its
residents cool in the summer?
a water from the harbour 4 Read the magazine article again. Find
b solar power and underline examples of devices the
c windmills writer has used to express intentions.
Explain why the writer has used them.

• Which are the greenest cities in your country?
Why?
• Which cities in your country are best for
– tourists?
– students?
– people who like sports?

60
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 60 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Copenhagen:
Europe’s happiest capital
Visitors to Denmark’s capital city, Copenhagen, won’t be
surprised to learn that the Danes are among the happiest
people in the world and the city is one of the greenest.
Could it be because less than 30% of households own
a car and 55% of people in the city cycle to work or school
every day? Perhaps it’s because in Denmark, people love
to create a friendly, warm and cosy atmosphere and enjoy
the good things in life wherever they go. They even have a
word for it: hygge.
In Copenhagen, it isn’t difficult to find your own hygge.

You can start each morning with a delicious sweet Danish
pastry, such as a cinnamon snail in one of the many
colourful cafés in Nyhavn. Then you can either take
a boat ride or walk around the harbour and along the
quiet canals. Whether you prefer a quiet walk or an
exciting adventure, you should visit Tivoli Gardens.
There are beautiful gardens filled with exotic plants and
interesting architecture to see, as well as one of the
world’s oldest theme parks with rollercoasters both old
and new. And if you go in the evening, thousands of
coloured lights create an amazing atmosphere.
After a day’s sightseeing, there’s no better place to

experience traditional Danish hospitality and hygge than at
home with a Danish family. But don’t worry if you haven’t
got any Danish friends as there’s now a website that will
introduce you to local people who would love to share their
dinner, their home and their hygge with you.
If you really want to experience the city as the locals do and

get fit at the same time, either hire a bicycle from one of the
city’s many cycle shops or borrow one of the new electric
‘smart’ bikes that you’ll find all over the city. And with over
350 km of safe cycling paths, it’s no surprise that it has
been voted the best city in the world for cycling.
But what makes Copenhagen one of the greenest cities in the world is happening away from the canals,
the cafés and the gardens. For a city that gets very cold in winter, it’s important to keep warm, and it has
one of the most efficient central heating systems in the world. In fact, over 98% of homes are connected
to the city’s heating system, which uses large amounts of renewable, clean energy. Keeping cool in the
summer is also important, so recently the city has developed a unique central air cooling system that uses
the cold water from the canals and harbour to help do that.
So if you’re looking for a green, healthy and happy place to visit where you’re sure to find hygge, you can
rely on Copenhagen. See you there!
Glossary
cosy warm and comfortable
pastry a food made from flour, water and fat
that is baked
theme park a large park where you can ride on
different machines for fun
61
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 61 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Language focus 1 Correlative conjunctions
2 Complete the sentences. Use the words

We can use whether / or to join two clauses. in brackets and either / or, neither / nor,
We use them when it doesn’t matter which or whether / or.
choice we make.
Whether you prefer a quiet walk or an exciting (we / can / take / a train / to Kuala Lumpur / a flight)
adventure, you should visit Tivoli Gardens. We can either take a train to Kuala
We can also use whether / or before infinitives. Lumpur or a flight to Bangkok.
I don’t know whether to get a job or to go to 1 (Liverpool / win / lose / today) ,
university. they will still be champions.
2 (my friends / my parents / think)
We use either / or when there are two or more it’s a good idea, so I won’t do it.
real choices. 3 (you / go by bus / go by train) ,
We often use either before the main verb. the journey will take at least four hours.
… you can either take a boat ride or walk around 4 (my mother / my father) went to university,
the harbour … but I really hope I can go.
We can also use either / or before the entire 5 (we / can / have lunch / before / after)
clause. we’ve watched the film.
Either stop complaining or speak to the waiter.
3 Rewrite the pairs of sentences as single
We use neither / nor in the same way as sentences with either / or, neither / nor,
either / or when the choices are negative and not or whether / or.
available.
You can neither take a train nor a bus to the town. I don’t like football. I don’t like cricket.
I like neither football nor cricket.
1 Fai sometimes goes to school by bus.
1 Complete the travel guide. Use either, He sometimes walks.
neither, whether. 2 I’m not sure I want to go out. Or stay
at home.
3 Imran may come to the party. Or his brother
may come.
4 Fatima didn’t text me. She didn’t call me.
5 Neil didn’t wear a jacket to the wedding.
He didn’t wear a tie to the wedding.

5.4 exercise 3.
5 Complete the sentences so they are

true for you.
1 I neither nor
1
you prefer the quiet countryside or at the weekend.
bustling city life, Thailand’s second city 2 Most students at my school either live
Chiang Mai is a great place to visit. Why not start or .
your day with 2 a sightseeing tour of 3 I don’t know whether I want to
the old city or a visit to one of the many interesting or when I leave school.
museums? Then climb the nearby Mount Suthep 4 To get to my city, you can either
for the best views. 3 you walk up the or .
300 steps or take the cable car is up to you, 5 Neither nor
the views from the top are still amazing. are my favourite .
Don’t forget to visit the beautiful Bua Tong Waterfalls,

which is about an hour from the city by
4
car or bus. But what’s the best thing
about Chiang Mai? It 5 gets too hot
nor too cold because of its location close to the
mountains in the north of Thailand, so it’s great to
visit all year round.

62
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 62 19/12/18 11:40 AM

Vocabulary 2 Living together
1 Read and listen to the forum posts. Match the people (1 – 4) to the photos (a – d).
5.4
a b
c d
1 Daniela, California, USA 3 Tan, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

We live in a popular tourist area. Some people We live quite close to one of the big TV studios
don’t like to talk to them, but I think it’s important here. If you’re lucky you can sometimes rub
to build bridges between the locals and tourists. shoulders with celebrities in some of the local
My parents have made some really good friends cafés.
with some of the tourists who come here again
4 Aisyah, Jakarta, Indonesia
and again. In fact, we go back years with a
There are people from all over the world living in
couple of families from Europe.
Jakarta. Some keep themselves at arm’s length
2 Harry, Norfolk, UK from the local people, but I’ve made some really
We’ve just moved to Norfolk. It was tough at good friends at my international school. It’s cool
first because we got off on the wrong foot with that you can be on the same page as people
our neighbours when my dad parked his car in from around the world.
the wrong place. We didn’t see eye to eye for a
while, but we get on like a house on fire now.
2 Read and listen to the forum posts 4 The fourth speaker is as his
again. Match the phrases in bold to the friends.
definitions (1 – 8). 5 The fifth speaker with his
neighbours.
1 start a relationship badly 6 The sixth speaker helped
2 think in a similar way between two of her friends.
3 enjoy someone’s company very much 7 The seventh speaker and his best friend
4 agree at first but soon made friends.
5 know someone for a long time
6 don’t become too friendly with someone 4 Complete the sentences so they are
7 have the chance to meet true for you.
8 help people understand each other and
get on 1 I don’t usually see eye to eye with people
who …
3 Listen to the speakers. Complete the 2 I get on like a house on fire with …
5.6 sentences about each person with the 3 I’m on the same page as …
correct phrases in bold. 4 I go back years with …
5 I got off on the wrong foot with …
1 The first speaker doesn’t with 6 I usually keep people at arm’s length who …
his neighbours.
2 The second speaker her 5 Work in pairs. Compare your answers
neighbours . with a classmate. Then ask each other
3 The third speaker some famous more questions about your answers.
people at the film premiere.
Workbook p. 41
63
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 63 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Language focus 2 Dependent prepositions
Verbs Adjectives Preposition

wait, apologise, apply, look, care, pay sorry, famous for
protect, recover, suffer different, safe from
believe, specialise, succeed interested in
rely, concentrate, spend, agree keen on
agree, deal satisfied, annoyed with
listen, belong kind, similar to
hear, warn excited about
Some verbs and adjectives always go with Tip box

a certain preposition in a sentence. We call these
dependent prepositions. Some verbs and adjectives can take different
… you can rely on Copenhagen. prepositions. These sometimes change the
… the Danes are famous for being among the meaning of a sentence.
happiest people in the world … Hannah agreed with me. (agree with someone)
Hannah and I agreed on the proposal. (agree
on something)
1 Complete the sentences. Choose the 5 We’re really about the football
correct answers. match tonight.
6 Winnie always to music in her
1 Most of the students were satisfied
room in the evening.
to / for / with their exam results.
2 It was hard for everyone to agree on / to / with
which film to watch. 3 Complete the second sentence so it
3 Jet Li is famous to / on / for his work in both means the same as the first. Use the verbs
Chinese and Hollywood films. and adjectives from the table and the
4 This company specialises to / of / in making prepositions in brackets.
parts for computers. Henry was able to pass all his exams. (in)
5 Over 600 people applied to / for / on a job with Henry succeeded in passing all his exams.
our company. 1 Mira likes most sports. (on)
6 Our new house is very similar from / to / in our Mira most sports.
old one. 2 Adam regrets causing the problems. (for)
7 There aren’t many people I know who are Adam all the problems he caused.
interested in / on / to ancient history. 3 Haziz paid a lot of money for his new laptop.
8 The teacher warned us to / about / on how (on)
dangerous some of the spiders could be. Haziz his new laptop.
4 Anong knew that her friends were always there
2 Complete the sentences with the to help her. (on)
correct form of the verbs or adjectives Anong often to help her.
in the box. 5 Tony has been a member of the tennis club for
over two years. (to)
wait excited apologise Tony for over two years.
kind listen protect
4 Complete the sentences with dependent
1 The girls for being late when prepositions so they are true for you.
they arrived in the classroom.
1 Last year, I succeeded …
2 This medicine will you from 2 I can’t stand waiting …
getting a cold. 3 I’m really keen …
3 We got tired of for the bus and 4 My best friend is quite similar …
decided to take a taxi. 5 I was very sorry …
4 Jo is always to everyone she
meets.
64
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 64 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Listening Cities in the future
1 Look at the pictures showing different 2 Listen to Aaron and Anna talk about
aspects of city life in the future. Discuss 5.7 their ideas for city life in the future.
the questions. Choose the three subjects that they talk
• What do the pictures show? about.
• How realistic do you think the pictures are?
• Do you think cities in the future may look like education public transport housing
this? Why? entertainment work energy
healthcare

Which person believes
1 roads will no longer be used by cars?
2 most cars won’t be driven by humans?
3 people will be able to use their phones to call
a bus?
4 fewer people will do manual jobs?
5 offices won’t be just where people work?
6 people will still do similar things in their
free time?
4 Listen again. Complete the sentences

with information in the conversation.
1 Aaron believes that people need to start
using their less.
2 Anna doesn’t think people will
cars as they do now in the future.
3 Aaron says there’ll be an increase in the
number of people who work at .
4 Anna says that there are already
that are more like homes.
5 Aaron thinks people will use
to travel to different places.
5 Work in pairs. Discuss an ideal city

of the future.
• Discuss any three subjects from exercise 2.
• Discuss how these things could be improved
in the future to make an ideal city.
• Make notes of your ideas.
6 Present your ideal city of the future

to the class. Listen to the other
presentations. Then vote on the best
ideas as a class.
65
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 65 27/9/18 1:56 pm

Speaking Good neighbours
1 Look at the photo of the two women.

Discuss the questions.
• What do you think is the relationship between
the people in the photo?
• How important is it to have a good
relationship with your neighbours?
• How often do you see your neighbours?
• Are you good friends with your neighbours
or do you prefer to keep them at arm’s
length? Why?
2 Listen to a group of students talking 4 Add the sentences in exercise 3 under

5.8 about what makes a good neighbour. the correct heading in the Useful
Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? phrases box.
Correct the false sentences.
Useful phrases
1 John doesn’t think it’s important to be friends
with your neighbours. Giving an opinion
2 Rania doesn’t agree with John. • As I see it, …
3 Chan doesn’t get on very well with his •
neighbours. •
4 Hanna disagrees with John’s point of view.
5 Hanna, Chan and Rania share a similar point Asking for a response
of view about their neighbours. • What’s your view?
6 John thinks respecting your neighbours • Do you agree?
is more important than being friends with •
them.
Agreeing and disagreeing
3 Listen again. Complete the sentences • That’s what I think.
from the discussion. • Good point.
• I don’t think I agree with you.
1 As far as I’m , I don’t think •
it’s important to be best friends … •
2 What’s your , Chan?
3 I’m not I agree with you, Chan.
4 I couldn’t more. 5 Make notes about what you think
5 Well, from my of view, it isn’t makes a good neighbour.
necessary.
6 Discuss what makes a good neighbour.
Use your notes in exercise 5 and the
Useful phrases box to help you.
• Make sure you ask for everyone’s opinion.
• Give reasons when you agree and disagree
with each other.
66
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 66 12/10/18 3:24 pm

Writing Living in the city or the country
1 Look at the photos. Answer the 4 Read the exposition again. Then underline
questions. seven Useful phrases used in the
• What are the advantages and disadvantages exposition in exercise 2.
of living in a city or in the country? Useful phrases
• Where would you prefer to live? Why?
Presenting an argument
2 Read a student’s exposition. How many
• It is clear that …
of your advantages and disadvantages
• Some people argue that …
does the writer mention? • It could be argued that …
Presenting the opposite argument

The advantages and disadvantages of
living in a city • On the other hand, …
• However, …
More people live in cities than ever before. • Other people say that …
However, is city life better for everyone or is it
better to live in the country? Adding another argument
• In addition, …
It is clear that living in a city can give you many • Furthermore, …
different opportunities. For example, there are
lots of different schools, colleges and universities
to go to and when you leave school, many more 5 Write an exposition about the advantages
employment opportunities. 1 and disadvantages of living in the city or
the country. Decide whether you are going
On the other hand, it could be argued that living in to write about the city or the country.
a city can be quite lonely. Everything moves much Then complete the paragraph plan.
faster so people neither have so much time for
each other nor get to know the people that live 1 Introduction: Present the question
around them. 2 In addition, because •
of all the cars and factories, cities are much more
polluted than the country, which is also very bad for 2 Advantages: Main arguments
your health. To sum up, there are both advantages • •
and disadvantages to living in a city. 3
3 Disadvantages: Main arguments
• •
3 Read the exposition again. Match the
sentences (a – c) to the correct blanks 4 Summary: Give your opinion
(1 – 3) in exercise 2. •
a Some people argue that this can be bad for
your health.
b But in my opinion, the education and 6 Write your exposition. Use your plan
employment opportunities that exist in a city in exercise 5 and the Useful phrases
make city life more appealing. in exercise 4 to help you. Check your
c In addition, there is also a lot more to do in spelling, grammar and punctuation
your free time, such as going to the cinema,
carefully.
the theatre or a sports club.
Workbook p. 44
67
(E)ESL_SB3_U05.indd 67 16/10/18 9:41 am

6 1 Look at the photos. Discuss
the questions.
• Do you know what these inventions
are and how they are used?
Science
• Which one do you think was
invented first? Why?
• Which do you think is the most
important? Why?
2 Read and listen to the magazine

6.2 article. Choose the correct
answers.
1 I want to work for a technology
company that focuses on
innovation / invention and design.
2 Researchers made the
discovery / development of the new
species of butterfly during a visit
Melbourne International to the Amazon rainforest.
Science Centre 3 Banning cars from the city’s roads
for three days a week was an
1 Listen to a radio announcement. Choose advance / initiative designed
6.1 the correct answers. to cut pollution.
4 Mobile high-speed Internet caused
1 The announcement is.
a breakthrough / revolution in how
a selling something.
people communicated with each
b giving information about something.
other.
c explaining something.
5 Recent initiatives / advances in
2 The announcement is for.
medical science have helped
a visitors to the science centre.
millions of people to live longer.
b staff at the science centre.
6 Many people agree that the
c students at the university.
electric light is one of the greatest
3 The science centre.
inventions / developments of all time.
a is open at the moment.
7 The development / discovery of the
b is being built at the moment.
electric car has taken many years.
c will be open soon.
8 After years of research into life on
other planets, the discovery of a
2 Listen again. Complete the sentences planet with conditions similar to
with the correct answers. ours was a major revolution /
1 You can learn about space, the Earth, the breakthrough.
and computing in different zones.
2 ‘Learning through time’ is an
about the history of science.
3 There is a on top of the roof.
4 The centre is free for .
5 The centre is closed on
.

• Which zone would you most like to visit at the
Melbourne International Science Centre?
• What’s the nearest science museum to you?
What can you see there?
68
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 68 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Vocabulary 1 Advancing science
Innovation, or the introduction of new ideas, in Asia is nothing new. Throughout history,
scientists have made some important scientific discoveries while engineers and inventors
have been responsible for a number of key inventions here.
Around 2,100 years ago, there was a revolution in writing and record keeping which changed
the world, when paper was invented in China. It also led to the development of paper money in
around the seventh century, an initiative that would also change the world.
Around a thousand years after they

invented paper, the Chinese also invented
the printing press. This was a huge
advance, which would give birth to both
the publishing and printing industries.
In more recent years, Phua Khein

Seng, an engineering student from
Malaysia produced the world’s first
USB flash drive in 2001. This was
a major breakthrough in how
computer users could store
their data.
3 Work in groups. Look at the discoveries, developments and inventions in the

box. Discuss the questions.
gravity artificial intelligence the printing press the telephone DNA renewable energy
• Which of these are discoveries, which are developments and which are inventions?
• How do you think they have changed the world?
• Which do you think are the most important?
Workbook p. 45
69
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 69 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Reading Odd inventions
1 Work in pairs. Look at the images in the 4 Read and listen to the text again.
text. Discuss the questions. Answer the questions.
• What do you think these inventions are used 1 What do you think ‘necessity is the mother
for? of invention’ means?
• Do you think they could be useful? How? 2 Why did Kenji Kawakami decide to include
• Would you use any of them? Why? his inventions in the magazine he edited?
3 How did Dan Papia first get more people
2 Read the text about Chindogu quickly. from around the world interested in
Find the answers to the first two Chindogu?
questions in exercise 1. 4 Why do you think the inventions are called
‘unuseless’?
3 Now read and listen to the text. Are the 5 What’s unique about the Battlescratch Shirt?
6.3 sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct
the false sentences. 5 Discuss the questions.
1 Thomas Edison didn’t invent the lightbulb. • Which gadgets do you use every day?
2 Kenji Kawakami was working in a shop when • Which gadgets couldn’t you live without?
he started Chindogu. Why?
3 Chindogu products were not meant to be • What do you think is the most useful
useful. invention of the 21st century?
4 Readers of Kawakami’s magazine became
more interested in his inventions than they
were in what the magazine was selling.
5 Dan Papia wrote for the same magazine that
Kawakami worked for.
6 Kawakami and Papia wrote the Chindogu
rules together.
7 The Chopstick Fan is meant to reduce the
temperature of noodles.
8 None of Kawakami’s inventions has ever
proved useful.

70
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 70 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Chindogu: A world of
(un)useless inventions
It is said that necessity is the mother of invention. This is
true with many of the world’s most successful inventions.
Thomas Edison wouldn’t have invented the electric lightbulb
if people hadn’t needed to work, study and read after
sunset. And if no one had needed to stay connected while
away from home, Martin Cooper wouldn’t have spent years
inventing the mobile phone. However, did anyone ever need
a Chopstick Fan or an Umbrella Tie? Probably not.
But sometimes it can be fun to invent things that are not
only unnecessary, but also almost useless. This is what Kenji
Kawakami was thinking when he started Chindogu.
During the 1990s, Kenji Kawakami was writing and editing a

shopping magazine called Mail Order Life,, which included lots
of new products that were available to buy. Mr Kawakami
didn’t like the way people bought lots of things from the
magazine they didn’t need. So, he decided to fill the
empty pages with photos and descriptions of some of
his own inventions, which no one could buy even if
they wanted to. So Chindogu was born.
‘Chindogu’ in Japanese means a weird or unusual tool, which

is exactly what these inventions were – tools or gadgets that
looked like they might be useful but turned out to be almost
useless. Surprisingly, the Chindogu pages became more
popular than the rest of the magazine and ended up on the
front cover. Soon, lots of people became interested in these
unusual inventions, including Dan Papia, the editor of an English
language magazine in Tokyo. He introduced Chindogu to the
English-speaking world and together with Kawakami, started
the International Chindogu Society, which published a list of
rules for anyone who wanted to invent a Chindogu product.
be sold,
These stated that the products must not have a real use, they must exist, they must never
be for
they must be easily understood without words, they mustn’t be rude, and finally they must
Invention s:
everyone to enjoy. Then, in 1995, the two men wrote the book 101 Unuseless Japanese
The Art of Chindogu.
So, what kind of ‘unuseless’ inventions are in the book? There’s the Chopstick Fan
that is designed to cool your hot noodles before you eat them. The Umbrella Tie,
which is both a smart necktie and an umbrella for when it rains. And there’s the
Battlescratch Shirt, which is a T-shirt with a grid on the back so you can show your
friend on the matching card exactly where your back needs scratching. Simple.
In theory, all of these things are designed for a particular use, but in practice they
are almost completely useless.
Most of Kawakami’s inventions turned out to be useless. However, one of them

eventually became popular with tourists around the world. It was, of course, the
Selfie Stick.
Glossary
gadget a small device or tool that does
something useful
71
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 71 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Language focus 1 Third conditional
1 Complete the third conditional

if + Past perfect sentences. Use the correct form of the
would have + Past participle verbs in brackets.
If no one had needed to stay connected while 1 Dan Papia (not know) about
away from home, Martin Cooper wouldn’t have Chindogu if he (not read)
spent years inventing the mobile phone. Kenji Kawakami’s magazine.
2 If the train (not be) late, we
Thomas Edison wouldn’t have invented the (not miss) half of the concert.
electric lightbulb if people hadn’t needed to 3 Chindogu (not become)
work, study and read after sunset. popular if Kenji Kawakami (not
be able to) write about it in his magazine.
We use the third conditional when we imagine 4 Would your life (be) very
a different past, where something did or did not different if you (be born)
happen, and we imagine a different result. in another country?
If I had known about it, I would have told you. 5 If I (be) more careful,
(I didn’t know about it so I couldn’t tell you.) I (not break) my sister’s tablet.
6 If you (find) lots of money in the
We often use the third conditional when we street this morning, would you
talk about regrets or want to complain about (keep) it?
something. 7 I (take) a taxi if I
If I had worked harder, I would have passed the (have) enough money.
exam. (I failed the exam because I didn’t work hard.)
2 Complete the letter from a successful businessman to his old school teacher. Use the
correct verbs in the third conditional sentences.
Dear Mrs Koh,
Thank you for everything you did for me at school.
If you 1 helped me with my maths, I would have failed the exam. If I 2

failed the exam, I 3 have got a place at university. If I 4 got a place at
university, I would have got a job instead. If I had got a job, I
5
have met my friend Arthur at university. If I hadn’t
met my friend Arthur, we 6 have started working together.
If we 7 started working together, we wouldn’t have invented
the maths4you app. If we hadn’t invented the maths4you app, we
8
have become successful.
I couldn’t have done it without your help.
Best wishes,
Benjamin Quek
3 Write third conditional sentences 4 Listen and check your answers to

and questions. 6.4 exercise 3.
if / it / rain / last weekend / we / not go / to the
beach 5 Complete the third conditional
If it had rained last weekend, we sentences so they are true for you.
wouldn’t have gone to the beach.
1 If I hadn’t studied English at primary
1 his life / be / different / if / not go / to university
school,
2 if / I / grow up / by the sea / I learn / to swim
2 If I’d been born in the USA,
at a younger age
3 If I’d been late for school this morning,
3 if / we / get up / earlier today / we / not miss /
4 If the mobile phone hadn’t been invented,
the bus to school
4 I / make / more friends in France / if / speak /
French
5 if / you / be / here five minutes ago / you / Finished? p. 129 Workbook p. 48
meet / Calvin Harris
72
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 72 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Vocabulary 2 Working in science
In the physics
laboratory, A chemist
a physicist is testing the
is studying effect of a new
lasers, while drug on cells.
a researcher A technician
analyses all is using a
the data. microscope.
This biologist
is studying These software
the effects of developers are
pollution on writing the code
plants. She is for a new app to
a specialist in help scientists
plant sciences. analyse data.
In this room, an inventor is explaining

his new idea. The engineers will help
him design and build it.
1 Read and listen to the information. 2 Choose the correct answers.

6.5 Then match the jobs in bold to 1 Software developers / Engineers write
the descriptions. programs that run on computers.
1 I study what happens when we combine 2 Chemists / Biologists study the science
different chemicals together. of plants and animals.
2 I try and think of new ways to do something 3 Inventors / Specialists spend their careers
or new products that can help people. developing their knowledge of one particular
3 I help scientists set up experiments in the subject.
laboratory and repair machines when they 4 Technicians / Researchers analyse data
go wrong. and all the available information about their
4 I want to better understand how humans’ subject.
and animals’ bodies work. 5 Inventors / Technicians try and think up new
5 I sometimes work with inventors to work out products.
the best way to build their ideas. 6 Chemists / Physicists study light, sound, heat,
6 I design and write programs for computers energy and the forces that shape the world.
and mobile apps. 7 Engineers / Researchers build products,
7 I study historical data in order to get a better buildings, machines and engines.
understanding of something. 8 Technicians / Physicists help scientists by
8 I’m interested in how radio waves move making sure the equipment and machines
through space. they use are working.
9 I’m an expert in one particular subject.
• Which job in science do you think would be
the most difficult? Why?
• Which job in science would you be interested
in doing the most? Why?
• Which jobs in science do you think are most
important for the future of your country?
Why?
Workbook p. 49
73
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 73 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Language focus 2 Sentence adverbs
We use sentence adverbs to show our opinion of She opened her first shop in 2015, and eventually,
a whole sentence or clause. We usually put them had 400 shops across the country.
at the beginning of the sentence or clause they are
commenting on. They are always followed with a Sometimes sentence adverbs connect one
comma. sentence to another one.
Surprisingly, the Chindogu pages became much Most of Kawakami’s inventions turned out to be
more popular than the rest of the magazine and useless. However, one of them became one of the
ended up on the front cover. most popular tourist gadgets in the world.
Certainly, this is true with many of the world’s most The first products sold out in minutes. Therefore,
successful inventions. she quickly produced a lot more.
1 Complete the sentences. Choose the 1 a fortunately b however c certainly

best sentence adverbs. 2 a apparently b therefore c ideally
3 a Surprisingly b Unsurprisingly c Hopefully
1 Eventually / Fortunately, there were still some 4 a seriously b ideally c however
tickets left when I arrived at the box office. 5 a Fortunately b Unfortunately c Eventually
2 Honestly / Ideally, I don’t know who broke the 6 a Eventually b Apparently c Hopefully
window in the living room. 7 a unsurprisingly b surprisingly c seriously
3 Apparently / Certainly, there’s going to be 8 a Seriously b Fortunately c However
a new student starting here next week.
4 Surprisingly / Seriously, you need to look both
3 Complete the sentences so that they
ways before you cross the road.
5 Hopefully / Fortunately, it’ll stop raining soon
are true for you. Use the ideas in the
and we can go to the park. box to help you decide what to write
6 It’s a good idea. However / Eventually, about.
it’s going to be really expensive.
your exams
something you’d like to do next weekend
2 Complete the email. Choose the
your plans for this evening
correct answers.
your opinion about a book or film
your daily routine
the school holidays
Hi Sabrina,
1 Unsurprisingly,
I’ve just got back from the Technology and 2 Ideally,
Electronics exhibition in Singapore. The tickets 3 Normally,
sold out weeks before, but 1 , my dad got some 4 Hopefully,
tickets from his company. The exhibition was 5 Honestly,
huge, and 2 , over 10,000 people visited every 6 Seriously,
day. 3 , it was really crowded, 4 , it was much
quieter in the evenings because most people came
during the day.
There were some really amazing new inventions

and technology at the exhibition, including the
most incredible driverless cars. 5 , only people
with special tickets could try them. 6 , one day,
I’ll have one for myself. I expected to see lots of the
latest robot technology, but 7 , there were only a
few companies demonstrating robots for the home.
I’m definitely coming back next year. It would be

great if you could come too. 8 , you should think
about it. I’m sure you’d love it.
I hope to see you soon,

Yi Ling

74
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 74 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Listening The world’s worst inventions
1 Look at the pictures. Discuss the

questions.
• What do you think they are?
• How do you think they are used?
• Have you ever seen any similar inventions
in your country or online?
2 Listen to a podcast about these

6.6 inventions. Put the pictures in the
correct order.
3 Listen again. Answer the questions. a

Which invention (a – c)
1 was neither easy nor quick to use?
2 was designed to enhance an experience?
3 caused the death of its inventor?
4 cost a lot of money to use?
5 was designed to save lives?
6 was meant to help people keep something
else clean?

1 Why wasn’t the parachute jacket practical for
pilots?
2 Why do you think Franz Reichelt wanted to
test it himself instead of using a dummy on
the Eiffel Tower? b
3 Why do you think the phone fingers didn’t
become popular?
4 Why were cinemas keen to try new
inventions in the 1950s?
5 Why do you think people lost interest in
Smell-O-Vision?
5 Work in groups. Discuss some recent

inventions that you have seen. Do
you think they will be successful or
unsuccessful in your country? Why?
6 Present your opinions to the class. Vote
on the best and worst invention.
75
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 75 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Speaking Mobile phones
1 Work in pairs. Look at the photo.

Discuss the questions.
• What do you think about the situation in the
photo? Is there anything unusual about it?
• Do you think it’s acceptable to use your
phone while you’re out with friends? Why?
• Do you think you could live for a week
without your phone? Why?
2 Listen to the debate on using mobile

6.7 phones. Match the sentences (1 – 5)
to the people (a – c) who said them.
1 Having a phone means you can quickly
access lots of information.
2 I could meet my friends because I had
a phone.
3 People pay more attention to their
phones than to what’s happening around
them.
4 Mobile phones bring people together.
5 People prefer to chat to people on their 4 Listen again. Then tick (✓) the useful
phones than to people they are with. phrases that you hear.
a Denny b Maria c Vania Useful phrases
Subskill Presenting your ideas
Analyse and evaluate the views of • I think it’s true to say that …
others • In my experience, …
When you are debating something or listening • It could be argued that …
to someone present an argument, here are some • For instance, …
things you can do to analyse and evaluate what
they are saying. • Looking at it from my point of view, …
• Briefly note the main point they are making.
• Then make notes of all the reasons and
Making an additional point
evidence they give to support their point. • Moreover, …
– Do the reasons and evidence actually • Not only that, but …
support their point? • What’s more, …
• Make notes of how they respond to • Furthermore, …
arguments against their point.
– Are they able to defend their point?
5 Plan to debate the question ‘Is life
better or worse with a mobile phone?’
• Nominate a chairman.
1 What is the question the students are • Pick one side of the question, whether you
debating? think life is ‘better’ or ‘worse’ with a mobile
2 What is Denny’s main point? phone.
3 What evidence and reasons does Denny give • Make notes of your arguments with reasons
to support his main point? and evidence to support them.
4 What is Vania’s argument against Denny’s
point? 6 Have your debate. Use your notes in
5 How does Denny respond to Vania’s exercise 5 and the useful phrases box
argument? to help you. The chairman should start
and finish the debate and introduce the
speakers.
76
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 76 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Writing Visions of the future
1 Look at the photo. Answer the

questions.
• Where do you think you’ll be living in
50 years’ time?
• How do you think your life will be different?
• What new technologies do you think people
will have in their homes?
2 Read the exposition. Complete the

exposition with the transition words
and phrases in the box.
For instance Consequently Firstly

To conclude Furthermore
3 Add the words and phrases in exercise 2 to

the correct headings in Useful phrases box.
What will daily life be like in
50 years’ Useful phrases
time?
Ordering your Making an
ideas additional point
• 1 ,… • In addition, …
• Secondly, … • Moreover, …
• Finally, … • 2 ,…
From new gadgets that make our lives
easier to the Internet, technology has Giving examples Introducing
transformed our lives over the last • For example, … results
50 years. Unsurprisingly, many people • 3 ,… • Therefore, … As a
agree that over the next 50 years, result, …
there will be many more changes. Concluding • 4 ,…
• To sum up, …
• In summary, …
1
, I strongly believe that • 5 ,…
artificial intelligence and robots will
become more important in our lives in
the future. 2 , robots will 4 Read the exposition again. Write the
do many more tasks, like cleaning our purpose of each paragraph.
homes. 3 , driverless cars will Paragraph 1: Introduction to the topic
take us to school and work.
Paragraph 2:
Supermarkets will probably no longer
exist, as robots or drones will deliver
our food to us, and so we will have no Paragraph 3:
need to visit a supermarket. Fewer
people will have to go to work as many Paragraph 4:
more will work from home. 4 ,
there will be less traffic on the streets
and less pollution. 5 Think about two more possible changes to
daily life in the future. Make a paragraph
5
, increased use of plan similar to the one in exercise 4.
technology will make our lives easier
and give us more free time to spend 6 Write your exposition with your plan in
with friends and family. exercise 5 and some of the useful phrases
in exercise 3. Check your spelling,
grammar and punctuation carefully.
Workbook p. 52
77
(E)ESL_SB3_U06.indd 77 27/9/18 2:01 pm

Self-Check C
1 4
Innovation Lab
No entry except for those If you want to book tickets to the
with a special pass. Ancient Civilisations Exhibition at
the History Museum, please see
Mrs Richards in the staffroom
after school on Tuesday.
a Nobody can go into the lab.
b People with a special permit can go
into the lab.
c People with a special permit can’t go a There are only heavy vehicles here.
into the lab. b There are other kinds of vehicles here.
c There are no pedestrians here.
2 5
Reply
From: Mrs Gan
To: Science Club members Industrial area

Subject: Science Centre field trip
Watch out for heavy
There’s a field trip to the Science Centre vehicles. Drive carefully.
next Saturday. If you’re interested, please
register by this Friday. You can bring along
a friend who is not in the Science Club.
a Students can book tickets at the History
a Only Science Club members can go on Museum.
the field trip. b Students can book tickets on Tuesday.
b The last day to register is next Saturday. c Students can visit the exhibition on
c The last day to register is this Friday. Tuesday.
2 Five sentences have been removed

3
Alexis from the text below. For each question,
choose the correct answer. There are
Let’s go shopping on Monday
three extra sentences which you do not
instead. The shopping centre need to use.
will be too crowded today
because of the big sale.
Asmi
Happy accidents
Our world is constantly advancing, with new
discoveries and inventions changing the way we
live. Some of these discoveries and inventions are
the results of hard work and a lot of experiments.
a Asmi wants to postpone the shopping trip. 1
Two such ‘accidents’ have brought us the
b Asmi wants to shop when it’s crowded. ice lolly and the microwave.
c Asmi wants to shop when there’s a big sale.
The ice lolly was invented in California by an
11-year-old boy called Frank Epperson. One
day in 1905, he made a mixture of water and
powdered soda in a glass and stirred it with a
small wooden stick. 2 The temperature
dropped a lot that night and in the morning, he
found the mixture frozen in the glass. He put the
glass under hot water, and used the wooden
stick as a handle to remove the frozen mixture.
3
However, Epperson was just a boy then
and didn’t do much with his invention.
78
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_C.indd 78 12/10/18 3:30 pm

In 1923, he bought the rights to make and sell his invention, and he called them “Eppsicles”. His children
preferred the name “Popsicles”, and eventually, this popular frozen mixture on a stick became known as
Popsicles®.
Another such accidental invention was the microwave oven. It was invented in 1945 by Percy Spencer,
an American physicist working on microwave radio signals for use in World War II. One day, he noticed that
a chocolate bar in his pocket was starting to melt. 4 He soon invented the microwave oven based on
this accidental discovery. Can you guess the first food he cooked? 5 However, the first microwave
oven was huge and expensive. It wasn’t until years later that the microwave ovens we have in our kitchens
today were made and sold.
Now, every time you lick an ice lolly, or re-heat your food in the microwave, remember that accidents aren’t
always bad. There are “happy accidents” that bring about innovation and make our world a better place.
a Popcorn, of course!
b And so, by accident, the first ice lolly was born.
c Then, he drank the mixture.
d Most of them didn’t happen by chance.
e He concluded that the microwaves were melting the chocolate bar.
f Some just happen by accident.
g He discovered that melted chocolate was delicious.
h Then, he left the glass outside and forgot about it.
3 You see this announcement on your 3 You will hear two friends talking about a
school notice board. science-fiction film they have just watched.
They agree that.
a the film was thrilling.
Articles wanted! b heroes should look strong.
c heroes should have super powers.
Write an article telling us about something you
would like to invent. What is special about it? Why 4 You will hear a girl talking about why she
do you want to invent it? wants to be a vet. What does she think
about the relationship between humans and
The best articles will be presented at this year’s animals?
Science and Innovation Fair. a Humans generally love animals.
b Humans need animals.
Write your article. c Humans want to do more for animals.
4 For each question, choose the correct 5 You will hear two friends talking about
C answer. a school science project.
The girl advises the boy to.
1 You will hear an announcement about a finish the project quickly.
a young inventors’ competition. b focus on an Asian scientist.
This competition is for. c choose a scientist in the field
a primary school children. he’s interested in.
b teenagers.
c all members of the public. 6 You will hear two sisters talking about their
new home. What do both of them not like
2 You will hear a girl telling a friend about about their new home?
a place she visited while on holiday. a The shops are too close.
How did the girl feel about the cottages b They can walk to school.
in the village? c It’s noisy.
a She found them very pretty.
b She thought they were too colourful.
c She thought there were too many
tourists there.
79
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_C.indd 79 12/10/18 3:30 pm

7 1
7.2
Read and listen to the online article.
Match four of the disasters in the
article to the photos.
Emergency!
a
The earthquake in Lombok

1 Watch a documentary about an
7.1 earthquake. What caught many of the
residents by surprise?
a Lombok was hit repeatedly by earthquakes
within a very short span of time. b
b The damage caused by the earthquakes ran
into tens of millions of dollars.
c The future of Lombok as a tourist destination
now looked uncertain.
d Lombok managed to bounce back quickly as a
major tourist destination.
2 Watch the video again. Answer the

questions.
1 When did the first earthquake take place?
2 How many people were killed in the second
earthquake?
3 Why were the people of Lombok fortunate
despite the series of earthquakes? c
4 What was the aim of the task force?
5 Why does the future of Lombok look uncertain?

1 What do you think the authorities in Lombok
can do so that tourists will want to continue to
visit?
2 Is it possible to protect people against
earthquakes? If yes, how?
3 Can you think of any natural disasters that have
happened recently? Talk about them.
80
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 80 14/12/18 11:13 AM

Vocabulary 1 Extreme nature
Learning Home | Features | Blog | About
DID YOU KNOW? | ARTICLES | VIDEOS | PHOTOS | FUN FACTS
Planet Earth can be a dangerous place because, sometimes, nature gets angry!
• Under the Earth, there is a hot liquid called magma. Volcanic eruptions occur when magma is
forced to the surface.
• Huge clouds are formed when the air above warm ocean water rises. This sometimes causes
hurricanes, which can be very strong.
• Dust storms are common in dry areas. They occur when strong winds blow sand or dirt into
the air.
• Hail storms are storms where hard balls of ice fall onto the ground!
• When the temperature is high for many days, woodland gets very dry. This is when wild fires start.
• Avalanches occur when snow falls down a slope quickly. They’re spectacular and very dangerous!
• The surface of the Earth consists of tectonic plates, which move slowly. When they hit or slide
against each other, earthquakes occur. Earthquakes can cause rocks and earth to move downhill.
This is called a landslide.
2 Read the online article again. Match 4 When there is a major , you
the statements (1–4) to the words and can hear the sound and see the smoke from
phrases in bold. many miles away.
5 I was sitting at home when the walls started
1 Ouch! Did you feel that on your head? Let’s to move, but fortunately it wasn’t a very
go inside until it stops! big .
2 There was a small one yesterday, but I didn’t 6 All the cars in the street are covered in dirt
feel it. because there’s been a .
3 This village no longer exists. It was 7 In , trees and buildings can be
completely covered by earth 50 years ago. moved a very long way downhill.
4 I can’t see where I’m going. My eyes hurt and 8 You mustn’t use matches in dry grassland
my mouth’s dry! because you might start a .
3 Complete the sentences with the words 4 Discuss the questions.

and phrases in bold.
• Which of the disasters described in the online
1 You mustn’t go skiing when there’s a risk of article can be a problem in your country?
an . Try to think of specific examples.
2 The season for in the Asia- • Do you think you live in a country with a high
Pacific region is from November to April. risk of natural disasters? If yes, discuss how
In that part of the world, they’re often called you feel about this.
cyclones. • Have you had any experience of a natural
3 Immediately after a very big , disaster? Talk about it.
it can look as if it’s snowed, but the ice • Have you watched any films about natural
quickly melts. disasters? Describe what happens.
Workbook p. 53
81
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 81 27/9/18 2:09 pm

Reading A man-made disaster
1 Look at the title of the article and the photos. Answer the questions.
• What do you think the article is about?
• What do you know about this disaster?
2 Read the article quickly. Match the descriptions (1 – 5) to the paragraphs (a – e).
1 the effects of the radiation
2 reactions around the world
3 disaster at the nuclear power plant
4 investigating the causes of the incident
5 a massive earthquake and tsunami
3 Read and listen to the article in detail. Decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
7.3 Then explain why.
1 15,000 people died as a result of the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant disaster.
2 It wasn’t a problem when the reactors stopped working.
3 It is probably dangerous to eat food from the area near the power plant.
4 Top managers at the company made a good decision in 2008.
5 The people who examined the safety of Japan’s power plants acted very professionally.
6 Malaysia and the Philippines have followed the example of Germany.
4 Read the article again. Answer the questions.

1 What was the main problem with the safety measures at the plant?
2 Why were there explosions at the plant?
3 In general, what do we know and don’t know about the effects of the disaster?
4 What decision did the Japanese government take after the disaster?
5 Why was it impossible to trust the opinion of the organisation that supervised the nuclear power
industry?
6 What effect did the incident in Japan have on plans for nuclear power in Malaysia?

• Is it a good idea to build nuclear power stations in areas with a high risk of earthquakes and
tsunamis? Why?
• How would you feel if you lived near a nuclear power station? Why?

82
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 82 27/9/18 2:09 pm

Lessons from Fukushima
a At 2.46 pm on 11 March 2011, there was a huge
undersea earthquake off the east coast of Japan.
The earthquake caused a massive tsunami that
killed over 15,000 people. Unfortunately, that
wasn’t the end of the destruction. The tsunami
also hit the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power
Plant, which was situated next to the sea.
b The plant was equipped with a 5.8 metre wall

to stop the waves, but the seawater that hit
Buildings destroyed by the tsunami
it reached a height of over 12 metres. The
reactors had been working properly before the
tsunami hit. But when the water came in, they d When a disaster like this happens, it is natural
automatically shut down. This was the plan in to ask if human error played an important role.
the case of an emergency. However, the next So, the government of Japan appointed a team
thing that happened wasn’t planned at all: when of experts to investigate what had happened.
the flood reached the emergency generators, Their conclusion was extremely clear:
they stopped working, too. These generators ‘Fukushima cannot be considered a natural
were crucial for cooling the reactors. As a result, disaster. It was a man-made disaster.’ Many
several explosions took place. mistakes were made. For example, in 2008
technical experts at the company in charge of
the power plant said that the sea wall wasn’t
high enough because of the risk of tsunamis.
However, senior management ignored their
recommendation to increase the height of the
wall. There was also a huge problem with the
public organisation responsible for checking the
safety of Japan’s nuclear power plants. It was
more interested in helping the nuclear power
industry than in making power plants safe.
Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant e Since the Fukushima disaster, many countries
after the tsunami have been asking if nuclear power is really
safe. In Germany, for example, the government
c No rescue workers died in the first few days announced plans to close all nuclear reactors
from exposure to radiation. However, it’s hard to in the country by 2022. In contrast, projects
calculate the full effects of the disaster and how to build new power plants in countries like
many casualties there will eventually be. It’s clear Malaysia and the Philippines have not been
that radioactive materials were released into the stopped. However, is it really a good idea to
air and entered the soil and the ocean. Radiation build nuclear reactors in areas with a high risk
levels in the soil are now 40 times higher than of earthquakes and tsunamis? Perhaps not
what is considered safe, so farming in the everyone has learned the lessons from the
area has been seriously affected. Radioactive Fukushima disaster.
materials also entered the sea. The situation
was made worse because seawater was used
to cool the reactors. Even so, radiation levels Glossary
in the sea are not considered to be especially reactor a large machine in which atoms are used to produce power
dangerous for sea creatures or humans. generator a machine that produces electrical power
radiation a form of energy from a nuclear reaction which can be
very dangerous
83
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 83 12/10/18 3:33 pm

Language focus 1 Present perfect continuous
We form the present perfect continuous with have / has been + -ing form of the main verb.
Affirmative Negative Questions Short answers

I/You/We/They have I/You/We/They haven’t Have I/you/we/they Yes, I/you/we/they
been looking. been looking. been looking? have.
Yes, he/she/it has.
He/She/It has been He/She/It hasn’t been Has he/she/it been No, I/you/we/they
looking. looking. looking? haven’t.
No, he/she/it hasn’t.
We use the present perfect continuous to We don’t usually use the present perfect
describe an action that started in the past and continuous with stative verbs.
continues in the present. We often use it with for I’ve known May for years. NOT I’ve been knowing
or since. May for years.
Since the disaster, many countries have been
asking if nuclear power is safe. Present perfect continuous vs present perfect
simple
We also use the present perfect continuous We use the present perfect continuous when we are
to describe an activity that we have been doing interested in the activity. We use the present perfect
recently. simple to indicate that we have completed the activity.
Ali’s been playing video games a lot recently. The rescue workers have been cleaning the site.
(They’ll finish tomorrow.)
We also use the present perfect continuous to The rescue workers have cleaned the site.
describe an action that has just finished when we (They finished yesterday.)
are interested in the action and not the result.
It’s been raining but it’s stopped now.
1 Complete the dialogue with the present continuous form of the verbs in the box.
Use short answers where necessary.
not do rain run play follow train have
Arun: 1
you the news about California?
Chan: Er, no I 2 . Why?
Arun: Well, look at this article! They 3 lots of wildfires.
Chan: That’s terrible! Meanwhile, back here, it 4 wet every day for weeks!
Arun: Well, it is the monsoon season. Hey, 5 your brother for the marathon in
this rain?
Chan: Yes, he 6 . He 7 20 kilometres a day for the last few weeks!
Arun: Wow! You know, I 8
much sport recently.
Chan: Well, you 9 lots of chess with me! That’s a sport!
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Use the present
perfect simple or present perfect continuous.
1 What (you / do) recently?
2 (your sister / finish) with my tablet?
3 I (read) three chapters of this book already!
4 Clara (not go) out much recently because she (revise) for her exams.
5 You (eat) chocolate! You’ve got some on your face!

84
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 84 27/9/18 2:09 pm

Vocabulary 2 People and disasters
1 Read and listen to the description of a disaster. Look at the photos. Tick (✓)
7.4 the disaster mentioned.
a b c
The 33
On 5 August 2010, the roof collapsed in were trapped in the mine, psychologists
a mine in the Atacama Desert in Chile. 33 communicated with them using video cameras
men were trapped 700 metres underground. on drones.
Engineers made several deep holes to locate
the men, and after 17 days they found them. After 69 days, rescue workers finally brought all
The engineers then had to build a machine to the men to the surface. Paramedics checked
rescue them. While the men waited for their their health before they were taken to hospital.
rescue, close relatives camped next to the There were no fatal casualties and very few
mine, and volunteers also arrived to help. A serious casualties, although all the men had
government official kept the families informed lost a lot of weight. The brave survivors
of progress. While the men became heroes in Chile and around the world.
2 Read the text again. Complete the table with the words in bold.
People who suffer the People who help in a Other people connected
effects of a disaster disaster to a disaster
engineers
3 Match the definitions (1 – 10) to the words and expressions in bold.

1 A person’s husband, wife, children, etc 7 These professionals work in many different
2 People who are injured in a disaster but don’t situations where people have personal
necessarily die problems
3 These people are trained to give emergency 8 People who are alive after a disaster
medical treatment 9 These experts design and build roads,
4 People who decide to help although it’s not bridges, factories, etc
their job 10 These individuals work to save people in all
5 A person who has political responsibility kinds of dangerous situations
6 People who die in a disaster
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words and expressions in bold.
1 If you are feeling depressed, you might go to see a .
2 We need some to collect rubbish in the park. Will you help us?
3 The two examined the old man who had fallen down the steps outside the library.
4 I’m only going to invite and very good friends to my graduation ceremony.
5 When the boat sank, the people on board were saved by who arrived in a helicopter.
6 There were several in the road accident but, fortunately, there weren’t any .
Workbook p. 57
85
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 85 12/10/18 3:37 pm

Language focus 2 Past perfect continuous
We form the past perfect continuous with had been + the -ing form of the main verb.

I/You/He/She/It/ I/You/He/She/It/ Had + I/you/he/she/ Yes, I/you/he/she/it/we/
We/They + had been We/They + had not it/we/they + been they had.
playing been playing playing? No, I/you/he/she/it/
we/they hadn’t.
We use the past perfect continuous to describe an action that started in the past and was still in progress
at a later time in the past or when a second action happened.
The reactors had been working properly before the tsunami hit.
We also use the past perfect continuous in reported speech to refer to a verb in the past continuous
or present perfect continuous in direct speech.

The volcano was erupting for five hours. The rescue worker said that the volcano had been
erupting for five hours.
We’ve been asking ourselves if nuclear power is The government official said that they had been
really safe. asking themselves if nuclear power was really safe.
1 Write sentences with the past perfect 3 The police officer (interview)
continuous. the woman all morning but he never
(find) out the truth.
1 stopped / following / that / finally / been / car / 4 Q: (you / hope) to visit Australia
us / had / the for years before you finally (go)
2 up / when / been / woke / long / hadn’t / I / there?
sleeping / I A: Yes, we .
3 arrived / long / been / bus / waiting / the / you / 5 Q: What (everyone / do) before
before / had? the earthquake (start)?
4 so / doctor / well / the / feeling / to / been / went / A: They (sleep)!
hadn’t / she / Jess / she 6 Q: (Steve / drive) for a long time
5 cricket / before / been / to rain / your friends / before he (pass) his test?
it / for a long time / had / playing / started? A: No, he .
6 had / explanation / understand / carefully /
teacher’s / didn’t / listening / my / I / been / but / I
4 Complete the sentences with your own
ideas. Use the past perfect continuous.
7.5 exercise 1. 1 The street was wet because .
2 We before we reached the top
of the mountain.
3 Complete the sentences with the 3 Islani was feeling tired because .
correct form of the verbs in brackets. 4 My cousin before he finally
Use the past perfect continuous learnt to speak English well.
or past simple. 5 Amy was angry with her brother because
.
1 The people in the building
(wait) for three hours before the rescue
workers (arrive).
2 The hurricane (surprise)
everyone because experts
(not predict) one.

86
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 86 12/10/18 3:38 pm

Listening Danger: Tsunami!
1 Look at the photo. Answer the

questions.
1 What can you see in the photo?
2 What is the danger sign telling people to do?
3 Can you see signs like this in your country?
If yes, where?
2 Work in pairs. Discuss and write down

five things you should or shouldn’t do if
there is a tsunami warning.
3 Listen to a talk on what to do if you hear

7.6 a tsunami warning. Put the following
points in the order that you hear them.
4 When can you enter your home again?
a how to prepare for a tsunami a When the authorities say it’s safe to
b what to do when you hear a tsunami warning go back
c what a tsunami is b If there’s no water round it
d what to do after a tsunami c After an expert has checked it
4 Listen again. Choose the correct 5 When there is a tsunami warning, everyone
answers. in your family should
a keep in contact by mobile phone.
1 Tsunamis are
b have their own emergency kit.
a sometimes caused by tropical cyclones.
c know exactly what to do.
b always caused by earthquakes.
c sometimes caused by landslides.
2 What will happen if you see a tsunami wave? • Why do some people decide to stay in their
a You won’t survive. house when there is a tsunami warning?
b The wave will hit you. • What do you think you should do if
c You’ll never forget it. there is an earthquake?
3 What is it dangerous to do?

a to go back and rescue other people
b to move to high ground
c to leave the area on foot
87
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 87 16/10/18 9:48 am

Speaking Please help!
1 Listen to a speech about an emergency situation. Which photo shows what the speech
7.7 is about?
a b

1 How does the speaker get his audience’s attention at the start?
2 How does the speaker make it clear what has happened in Haiti?
3 At the end, what two expressions does the speaker use to create a sense of urgency?
Useful phrases
Starting your speech Using pictures / video

• Did you know that ...? • Just look at these tragic photos / this
• Have you heard about ...? video.
• Don’t they / Doesn’t it break your heart?
Giving details of the disaster • Imagine if that was your family!
• Hundreds / Thousands of people have
died. Getting people to act
• Many people have lost their homes and • We must help these people before the
are without food. situation gets even worse.
• Every penny counts!
• Are you with me?
• Let’s act now before it’s too late!
3 Write a short speech to encourage people to help the victims of a disaster. The disaster
can be real or imaginary.
• Choose a disaster to write about. Think about: What? Where? The effects? What do you want people
to do?
• Use the Useful phrases box to help you to plan and write your speech. If you can access the Internet,
find one or two relevant photos.
• Make brief notes on your completed speech.
4 Give your speech to the class. Use your notes from exercise 3 to help you.
88
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 88 27/9/18 2:09 pm

Writing A newspaper article
1 Read the newspaper article. Match the descriptions (1 – 5) to the sections (a – e) in the article.
1 details 3 reactions 5 one-line summary
2 headline 4 close
2 Read the article again. Answer the

questions.
1 What two tenses are used in section c?
Why are they used?
2 Find words or expressions used to:
• express a result (section c)
• introduce an example (section c)
• introduce an explanation (section e)
3 Does the writer give his opinion? Why?
Subskill
Structuring a newspaper article
When you write a newspaper article, use the
following structure:
a Northern England Under Water! 1 A short headline which makes people want to
read more
b Heavy rain is causing severe flooding in 2 One sentence summarising the main
many parts of northern England. information in the article
3 The details of what has happened
c Four people have lost their lives and over
10,000 have had to leave their homes in 4 Comments and reactions: from the people
Lancashire and Yorkshire as a result of affected, the police, the government, etc
serious flooding. They are currently staying in These can be in direct or reported speech
temporary accommodation, such as sports 5 A final sentence to close the article (optional)
centres and volunteers’ homes. Classes
have also been cancelled in many schools
3 Write a newspaper report about a
across the area. Traffic has been chaotic.
disaster. This disaster could be real or
d Police are telling motorists not to use their imaginary.
vehicles unless it is an emergency. They have • Use the structure in the Subskill box.
also strongly advised drivers to check for • Use appropriate tenses, including the present
flood warnings before starting any journey. perfect simple and present continuous.
The Prime Minister tweeted, ‘My thoughts • Use two of: as a result of, such as and as.
are with everyone whose homes have • Do not give your own opinion.
been flooded. We’re having an emergency
meeting tomorrow to make sure that people
are getting all the support they need.’
e Conditions could get worse in the next few

days as experts are predicting more heavy
rain.
Workbook p. 60
89
(E)ESL_SB3_U07.indd 89 27/9/18 2:10 pm

8 1
8.2
Read and listen to the online
forum posts. Match the people
(1 – 3) to the photos (a – c).
Life
stories
a
Aidan’s plans
1 Listen to Aidan talking about his life.
8.1 Tick (✓) the topics that he mentions.
• his family
• his work
• getting married
• his hobbies
• where he wants to live

1 What did Aidan study at university?
2 Why would Aidan like to start his own business?
3 When will Aidan get married?
4 Why is Aidan living in Manchester at the
moment?
5 What two reasons does Aidan give for living b
in the country?

• What are your plans for the next three years?
• Do you think you’ll have children by the time
you’re 30? Give reasons for your answer.
• In the future, would you like to live in a city
or in the county? Give a reason for your answer.
90
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 90 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Vocabulary 1 Life stages
The Global Village

Meet other members of our unique online community!
1 I was born in the town of Zarif Shaheed in the Punjab area of Pakistan. However, my family moved to
the city of Multan, a few miles away, when I was only one. So I grew up there. I left school when
I was fourteen. Luckily, I’m good with my hands, so I got a job working for my uncle. He’s a mechanic.
Name: Akas Sadana
Age: late teens Send message
2 I graduated in computer science from the Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand three years
ago. I started my own digital business with two friends from university as soon as I left. It’s been
going really well! What’s more, I’ve just got engaged. Life’s so good!
Name: Ruby Williams Send message
Age: mid-twenties
3 The best thing I’ve done in my life is to get married and start a family. I’m so proud of my children
– and grandchildren! I used to work as a teacher in Athens, Greece, but I retired last year. Now,
I’m finally learning to drive! I really hope I pass my driving test next month!
Name: Vera Send message
Age: late fifties
2 Match the words and expressions in bold 4 Answer the questions. Use the words and
in the online forum posts to the topics expressions in bold in the online forum
(1 – 4). Two of the words and expressions are posts.
not used. 1 Which things will you definitely do in the next
1 studying ten years?
2 work 2 Which things might you do in the next ten years?
3 relationships / family life 3 Which things will you definitely not do
4 early life in the next ten years?
3 Complete the sentences with the words Tip box

and expressions in bold from the online
forum posts. Talking about age
We can use early, mid- and late to talk someone’s
1 I’m going to buy a new dress for my brother’s
approximate age
wedding! He and his girlfriend last
• My brother’s in his late teens.
year and they’re going to next
• My dad’s in his mid-forties.
month!
• My grandma’s in her early seventies.
2 Anawat’s grandfather has got a lot of free time
now because he last month. He’d
been working at the same company for 40 years!
5 Work in groups. Discuss the approximate
3 My dad in Jhang, in 1980, but he
age of the people in your families.
in Faisalabad so he went to school
there.
4 Gan writes computer programmes for 6 Discuss the questions. Give reasons
companies and he’s got a lot of customers. for your answers.
He’s very glad that he .
5 Nurul did well in her final exams. • What do you think is approximately the best
She in June and is going age to get married?
to university in September. • Would you like to start your own business?
6 I really want to when I’m 18 • How would you feel if your family moved
because being able to drive is important. somewhere else?
• What do you imagine your parents will do
when they retire? Workbook p. 61
91
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 91 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Reading A day to remember!
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the 5 What type of occasion is the

question. quinceañera day?
a very modern
• Which countries do you think they are taken b happy
in? What special events do you think is being c sad
celebrated?
6 What do most guests do on the
2 Read the article quickly. Answer the quinceañera day?
questions. a eat and give speeches
1 What is the text about? b make speeches, eat a meal and
2 In which country does each event happen? give presents
3 How old are the people when each event c give presents and eat a meal
happens?
4 Read the article again. Answer the
3 Read and listen to the article. questions.
8.3 Choose the correct answers. 1 How do Inuit boys learn to hunt?
1 What is the Inuit’s attitude to the modern 2 In what two ways are Inuit customs
world? changing?
a They prefer to live in a traditional way. 3 Do the girls who do the Khatam Al Koran
b They use modern technology and have need to learn the last chapter of the Koran
forgotten their traditions. by heart?
c They respect their traditions but are 4 In your opinion, which specific activity might
happy to use modern inventions. the girl’s mother do at the quinceañera
ceremony?
2 Who goes to hunt in the Inuit community? 5 Which of the three coming of age ceremonies
a only men and boys is the easiest for the young person?
b boys and their parents Give a reason for your answer.
c men, boys and sometimes girls
3 Who does the Khatam Al Koran ceremony? • What do you think it means ‘to be an adult’?
a some 11-year-old Muslim girls in Malaysia • In your opinion, at what age does someone
b girls in Malaysia who are good students become an adult? Give reasons for your
c all Muslim girls in Malaysia answer.
• What are the advantages and disadvantages
4 How much preparation do the girls do of being an adult (and no longer a child)?
for Khatam Al Koran?
a a lot
b not much
c it depends

92
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 92 11/12/18 5:13 PM

Coming of age ceremonies around the world
Many societies have special events to celebrate boys or girls becoming adults or ‘coming of age’.
Here we look at three of them, in three very different cultures.
The Inuit people have lived for thousands of years in the far north – Canada,
Greenland, Alaska and north Russia. Although they now use the typical
amenities of the 21st century – flat-screen TVs, the Internet, etc – but
they also like to keep their old traditions alive. On Baffin Island, off the
coast of Canada, Inuit men teach their sons to hunt as soon as they are
strong enough – usually at the age of 11 or 12. While they’re hunting,
they live in tents in the wilderness, play traditional games and eat
what they catch. If the boys manage to catch something on his own,
everyone feels very proud because hunting has a very special place in
Inuit culture. The Inuits’ word for man and hunter is the same because,
traditionally, a boy was not considered to be a man until he could hunt.
However, things are changing. Now, girls are often taken on these
hunting trips, too!
For Muslim girls growing up in some parts of Malaysia, their 11th birthday
is a very special occasion. At an event called the Khatam Al Koran, which
takes place in a mosque, they read the final chapter
of the Koran. By the time that the girls do the Khatam Al Koran, many
years of their lives will have been spent studying the Koran and they
will have practised saying the verses out loud hundreds of times. It’s a
big event – all their family and friends attend, so the girls often feel quite
nervous! During the ceremony, they wear a veil and they usually put their
hands together while they are reading, as a sign of prayer. Afterwards,
there is a special celebration meal.
The quinceañera day is one of the most important

celebrations in Mexico. This is a ceremony on a girl’s 15th birthday to show that
she has come of age and to present her to the community. It’s a special
day for the girl’s parents and close family friends, too, since it honours
their role in bringing her up. The event starts with a religious ceremony.
After this, the family and all the guests enjoy a big meal together, which
ends with a huge cake! The girl is given lots of presents and some
family members and friends make short speeches, congratulating her
and wishing her happiness in life. After the speeches, the celebration
continues until everyone leaves.
Glossary
verse one of the parts that a poem is divided into
community people that live in the same area
honour show respect for
congratulate tell someone that you are happy
because they have done something good or
something good has happened to them
93
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 93 11/12/18 2:57 PM

Language focus 1 Future perfect
We form the future perfect with will have and the past participle of the main verb.

I/You/He/She/It/We/ I/You/He/She/It/We/ Will I/You/He/She/It/ Yes, I/you/he/she/it/we/
They will have seen … They will not have seen We/They have seen it? they will (have).**
(’ll have seen …)* (won’t have seen)* No, I/you/he/she/
it/we/they won’t
(have).**
* short form ** have is optional in short answers
We use the future perfect to indicate that an action We use the present simple to express the future
will have been completed at or before some time after conjunctions of time.
in the future.
When / By the time that the girls do the Khatam Al
The band will have played many songs before
Koran, they will have practised saying the verses out
the night is over.
loud hundreds of times.
We often use the future perfect with by + a
We usually put adverbs between will and have in the
particular time or in + a duration.
affirmative and before won’t have in the negative.
Will you have finished by four o’clock / in ten minutes?
I’ll probably have finished in the kitchen in twenty
minutes.
I definitely won’t have packed before lunch.
1 Look at Ali’s diary for next week. Complete the sentences and short answers with the
future perfect tense.
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

Repair bicycle Finish school Buy light for Visit grandma Act in school Go
project bike in hospital play! skateboarding
By the end of Monday, he will have repaired his bike.
1 By the end of Tuesday, he his grandma in hospital.
2 in the school play by the end of Wednesday? , he .
3 By Thursday, he’ll be able to cycle at night because he .
4 skateboarding by Sunday?
, he .
5 When ?
By the end of Tuesday.
2 Listen and check your answers to Lina: Oh, I hope I 7 (graduate)

8.4 exercise 1. by then! So, what about you?
Noor: I’m sure I 8 (start) a family
by the time I 9 (be) in my
3 Complete the dialogue with the future mid-twenties!
perfect present simple. Use short Lina: Wow! We’re so different!
answers where necessary.
Noor: What big things 1 (you / do) 4 Write sentences about what you’ll have
by the time you 2 (be) 25? and what you won’t have done by the
Lina: That’s an interesting question. I hope end of this week. You can use definitely
I3 (pass) my driving test or probably to indicate how sure you are.
by then! Is that big?
1 tidy my bedroom 4 wear a hat
Noor: I suppose so! And 4 (you / get)
2 eat rice 5 play cricket
married?
3 drink coffee 6 listen to music
Lina: No, I 5 ! And I 6
(not get) engaged, either! I’llprobablyhavetidiedmybedroom.
Noor: Really? And what about university?
Finished? p. 131 Workbook pp. 64

94
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 94 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Vocabulary 2 Feelings
1 Read and listen to the comments on a web forum. Identify who had positive or negative
8.5 feelings on the day of their wedding.
Marriage matters! | ADVICE | PHOTOS | PERSONAL EXPERIENCES
How did you feel the day you got married?

My wife’s parents didn’t talk to me once during the wedding! I felt really discouraged
Joel
because I thought they liked me – but I was obviously wrong!
I was so excited that we were beginning a new life together. Emily
I felt happy and satisfied that so many of my friends had come to the wedding. Ben
To be honest, I felt a sense of disappointment because the day didn’t feel so special. Arief
Before the day I was really nervous, and when it was all over I felt quite relieved. Ryan
I felt a real sense of responsibility because getting married means that you’ll be
with someone for the rest of your life. Lewis
I felt very hopeful about the future and starting a family. Ploy
I had a big sense of satisfaction and of achievement because my friends said

I would never get married ... but they were wrong! Holly
I was disappointed because I had the flu on my wedding day so I couldn’t enjoy it. Mira
I felt so proud because everyone was congratulating me. Keith
2 Complete the headmaster’s speech. Choose the correct adjectives.

I’m very 1proud / nervous to announce that the school cricket team has won the National Cup.
This should give all of us a great sense of 2disappointment / satisfaction. I must admit that I was really
3
nervous / discouraged while I was watching the final, and I was very 4hopeful / relieved when we finally
won. I’m sure we would all have been 5disappointed / excited if we had lost, because I really think we were
the better team. I am 6satisfied / hopeful that some of our players might one day become professional
cricketers. I’m sure you feel as 7excited / relieved about this as I do!
3 Discuss how you think these people in the pictures feel and why. Use the words and
expressions in bold in the web forum.
1 2 3
Workbook p. 65
95
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 95 16/10/18 10:01 am

Language focus 2 Future perfect passive
We form the passive of the future perfect with will have been and the past participle of the main verb.

I/You/He/She/It/ I/You/He/She/It/ Will I/you/he/she/ Yes, I/you/he/she/it/
We/They will have We/They won’t have it/we/they have been we/they will (have been).*
been seen … been seen … seen? No, I/you/he/she/it/
we/they won’t (have
been).*
* have been is optional
We use the passive form of the future perfect to indicate that an action will have been completed at or
before some time in the future.
By the time that the girls do the Khatam Al Koran, many years of their lives will have been spent studying
the Koran …
Will the project have been completed before the deadline?
1 Look at the roster. Complete the sentences with the future perfect passive.
1 The sheets by the end of today.

2 The windows by the end
Hotel Miramar: of today.
Jobs to do! Today Tomorrow 3 the rooms
by the end of today?
change sheets ✓
, they .
clean windows ✓
4 The soap by the end of today,
tidy rooms ✓
but it by the end of tomorrow.
repair air conditioning ✓
5 By when the showers
replace soap ✓
?
check showers ✓
6 People will feel hot today because
.
2 Complete the dialogue with the future perfect active or future perfect passive form of
the verbs in brackets. Use short answers where necessary.
Jeff and Ella are planning a surprise party for their friend, Nathan.
Jeff: 1 (all the food / buy) before eight o’clock?
Ella: Yes, it 2 , Jeff. Don’t worry!
Jeff: And 3 (you / find) a DJ before tonight?
Ella: I’m going to be the DJ in the end! I’ve done most of the tracklist already and I 4 (finish)
it very soon.
Jeff: That’s good! And 5 (everyone / arrive) before Nathan comes?
Ella: Yes, they 6 .
Jeff: And 7 (card / sign) by everyone, too?
Ella: Yes, it 8 – if you remember to buy it!
3 Complete the statements with your own ideas and the future perfect passive.
1 Zoo keeper: By the end of today, all the animals .
2 Police officer: When we finish the investigation, the criminal .
3 Dress-maker: Don’t worry! Your dress before the wedding!
4 Astronomer: I expect that a new planet by the end of this century.
5 Fire-fighter: The fire by the end of this morning.
6 Customer service assistant: Your order by the end of today.

96
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 96 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Listening First times
1 Match the activities (1 – 5) to the photos (a – e).

1 acting in a school play 4 riding a scooter
2 visiting relatives abroad 5 running a marathon
3 going to university
a b c
d e
2 Work in pairs. Discuss the questions. Subskill

• Which of the activities in exercise 1 have you
already done? Understanding the attitudes
• Which of the activities in exercise 1 would and opinions of a speaker
you like to do in the future? When we listen to someone, their stress and
intonation can help us to understand what they
3 Listen to five people describing the think is important and how they feel.
8.6 first time they did something. Put the
activities (1 – 5) in exercise 1 in the order
of the people speaking. 5 Listen to six short extracts. Answer the
8.7 questions.
4 Listen again. Answer the questions. 1 Which words are stressed by each person?
2 What emotion do you think each person’s
1 What happened when Jerry tried to start intonation communicates?
the scooter the first time?
2 How did Jerry feel in the end? 6 Think about when you did something
3 How did Safiya travel to university? for the first time. Tell your classmates
4 Who did Safiya start chatting to?
about it. Try to use appropriate stress
5 What did Wafiq love doing?
6 Who couldn’t speak Wafiq’s language?
and intonation.
7 What was the start of the race like for Dewi?
8 When did things start to go wrong for Dewi?
9 Why was Derrick surprised to be given
an important part in the play?
10 What happened when the play was over?
97
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 97 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Speaking Hopes and plans
1 Listen to Ali and Nadia talking about their hopes and plans for the future. Put the hopes
8.8 and plans in the photos in the order that you hear them.
a b c d
2 Match the hopes and plans (1 – 4) to the replies (a – d).

1 I hope I’ll have got married and started a a Yes, I hope I’ll have done that, too! I can’t wait
family in 20 years’ time. to have my own car!
2 I think I’ll probably have found a good job b Let’s hope you’re right! Perhaps you’ll be rich
by the time I’m 30. and famous!
3 I reckon I’ll have started my own business c Do you really think so? It’s not easy – there’s
by the time I’m 25. lots of competition in the job market!
4 I’ll definitely have passed my driving test in d That’s interesting! I always thought you were
5 years’ time. too independent for that!
3 Listen again and check your answers to exercise 2.
4 Read the hopes and plans. Decide if they are true or false for you.
1 I hope that I’ll have become a doctor by the time I’m 30.
2 I’ll definitely have got a degree in 10 years’ time.
3 I’m sure that I’ll have left home before I’m 25.
4 I probably won’t have learnt to drive by the time I’m 20.
5 I think that I’ll have been on TV before I leave school.
5 Compare your answers to exercise 4 with a classmate.
Useful phrases
Expressing plans and hopes

• I’m sure that … • I’ll have / I won’t have .. • in 5 / 10 / 20 years’ time.
• I think that … • I’ll definitely have … • by the time I’m 20 / 30 / 50.
• I reckon that … • I definitely won’t have …
• I hope that … • I’ll probably have …
• I probably won’t have …
Responding to other people’s plans and hopes

• Let’s hope you’re right. • I hope I’ll have done that, too.
• Do you really think so? • I’d never have realised that you wanted to do that!
• That’s interesting! • Why do you say that?
• That would be fantastic!
6 Discuss what you think you will have done by a certain time in the future.
Use the expressions in the Useful phrases box.
get married have children move away from here get a good job
buy a house go grey become rich / famous
98
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 98 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Writing A special day
1 Discuss the question. 3 Find six adjectives or expressions to

• Think about a special day in your life. describe how Saif felt. Why do you think
Why was it so special? he felt each of these emotions?
4 Match the functions (1–5) to the phrases
2 Read Saif’s description of a special day in the text (a–e).
in his life. Explain why it was so special.
1 to introduce the description
2 to describe the general situation/the
I’ll never forget the day when my school won context
the under-16 cricket championship. It was a 3 to involve the reader
boiling day in April and hundreds of people 4 to introduce an important event in the
had come to the match. We batted first story
5 to provide a conclusion
and I was one of our opening batsmen. I felt
really nervous and, perhaps for that reason, a I’ve never felt so proud or relieved in all my
I was out immediately! You can imagine that life.
I felt a great sense of disappointment! b I’ll never forget the day when ...
c You can imagine that ...
d It was a boiling day in April and ...
We only got 175 runs, which wasn’t a big e But then something incredible happened!
total. After my failure with the bat, I felt
a great sense of responsibility to help my Tip box
team, but I wasn’t hopeful because I wasn’t
When you write a description, it is good to
one of our bowlers. But then, something use a variety of tenses.
incredible happened! When the other team
had scored 174 for 9, one of their batsmen
5 Find and write five different tenses that
hit the ball high and fast. I dived and,
Dan uses.
somehow, I managed to catch the ball. We
had won and everyone was cheering! I’ve 6 Write a description of a day or an
never felt so proud or relieved in all my life!
experience that was special for you.
• Introduce the description
• Describe the general situation / the context
• Provide a conclusion
• Use a variety of tenses
• Try to involve the reader in your story
Workbook p. 68
99
(E)ESL_SB3_U08.indd 99 27/9/18 2:13 pm

Self-Check D
Earthquake
The earthquake alarm rang sharply and loudly the fear and panic they
in the air. People around me started to run in must have felt during the
panic. Some dropped to the ground, using earthquake. I couldn’t bear
their hands to protect their heads. I did the to think of what the casualties went through, as
same, as I remembered what I had learnt during well as the sadness and sense of loss felt by the
earthquake drills at school. Fire engines raced survivors after the disaster. I was really relieved
through the streets. I raised my head to look, when the drill was finally over.
and saw some firefighters at the street corner
putting out an imaginary fire. Yes, imaginary.
Fortunately for me and thousands of others
today, the fire and the earthquake were not real.
I had participated in a big earthquake drill in
Central Tokyo. It was held in Ginza, a bustling Low res
shopping and business district. The drill was
one of the activities organised during our
national disaster prevention awareness period.
The drill today was an eye-opener for me.
As part of the drill, streets were blocked off, and It has taught me how to do things calmly in an
traffic was diverted. Vehicles like fire engines emergency. It has also helped me to be more
and cranes were used to move participants out prepared for an earthquake. Most importantly,
of the earthquake area. Firefighters, police and it has reminded me to treasure the people and
self-defence officers were busy showing people things around me, which could so easily be
how to give emergency first aid to participants taken away by any disaster. I wish my friends
acting as casualties. would also take part in such drills in the future
Although it was only a drill, I felt quite anxious to to experience for themselves what I have
see so much going on at the same time. I found experienced today.
myself thinking of real victims of earthquakes
in Japan and other countries. I tried to imagine
1 This blog was written 4 From the experience, the writer learnt
a during the earthquake drill. a to cover his head in an earthquake.
b during the national disaster prevention b that there was no real fire.
awareness period. c to imagine things that are not real.
c before the earthquake drill. d not to take people and things for granted.
d before the national disaster prevention
awareness period. 5 What might the writer say in a message to his
friend after the drill?
2 What did the writer do when he heard the a It was a great experience, but I’m relieved
earthquake alarm? it’s over.
a He ran away. b It was cool! I was quite calm throughout
b He raised his head. the drill.
c He dropped to the ground. c It was terrible! I saw some casualties
d He watched a fire being put out. suffering in pain.
d Sadly, the experience has taken away
3 How can we tell that the people knew they something I treasured.
were in a drill?
a They ran away in panic.
b It was the national disaster prevention
awareness period.
c It happened in a very busy place.
d They were acting as casualties.
100
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_D.indd 100 27/9/18 2:53 pm

2 For each question, choose the correct 3 Your English teacher has asked you to
answer. write a story. Your story must begin with
this sentence.
“By this time tomorrow, it will all have ended,”

Abby told herself.
Some people believe that life can be

Write your story.
1
into four stages.
Stage one starts when we are 2 ,

4 For each question, write the correct
and goes all the way to our teenage
D answer in the gap. Write one or two words.
years. During this stage, we are busy You will hear a counsellor giving tips on how
learning about the world around us. to adapt to living in a new place.
Stage two is from the teenage years to
adulthood. Here, we get to apply the
skills and knowledge we have learnt.
We also continue to 3 and find out
more about our world and ourselves.
Stage three covers adulthood up to our
middle-age years. This is when we have
more responsibilities in life, including
4
our own families. The last
stage is old age, often associated with
wisdom. We look forward to retirement
here. Some people will continue to
5
to society by doing volunteer Moving somewhere, and loving it
work.
1 According to the speaker, most people
Every stage in life has its joys and move at least in their lifetime.
difficulties. So, whatever stage you’re at 2 Moving to a new place can be very
right now, 6 the best of it! .
3 One way to find out about a new place
1 a added b multiplied is to search .
c divided d considered 4 It is important to make friends with the
2 a birth b born .
c give birth d given birth 5 Knowing that people care helps us to
our new environment.
3 a invent b initiate
6 Moving is a chance to our
c explore d explain
world.
4 a making b starting
c beginning d getting
5 a contribute b take
c learn d apply
6 a do b give
c have d make
101
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_D.indd 101 27/9/18 2:53 pm

9 1 Look at the two photos. How do you
think the fans are feeling in each photo?
Give reasons for your answer.
2 Read and listen to the questionnaire.

9.2 Tick (✓) same or different for each
Communicate!
question.
Is body language universal?

Here are ten types of body language and
what they mean in the UK. Do they mean
On the radio the same in your country?
1 In the UK, if you fold your arms,
1 First, watch the video without sound. it usually means you’re being defensive.
9.1 Answer the questions. same different
1 Where does the video take place? 2 When people shrug their shoulders,
2 What do you think each of the four people is like it means they don’t care or they don’t know.
(friendly, serious, etc.)?
same different
a the boss
b the secretary 3 Rubbing your hands can be a sign
c the radio presenter of worry, or that you’re looking forward to
d the person being interviewed something.
3 How does the boss feel at the end of the video? same different
4 You nod your head when you agree
2 Work in pairs. Compare your answers
or mean yes.
to questions 2 and 3 in exercise 1.
same different
Give reasons for your opinions.
5 You make eye contact a lot when you
3 Now, watch the video with sound. speak to good friends, but it’s considered
rude with strangers.
Answer the questions.
same different
1 How many times has the secretary checked
the list? 6 If you tap your fingers or a pen frequently,
2 What is the boy in the red T-shirt organising? it means you’re being impatient.
3 What does the boy say that people need to do? same different
4 In the boss’s opinion, what kind of voice does 7 Rolling your eyes means that you think
the female DJ have? someone has said something stupid
5 How old is the radio station? or very strange.
same different
8 When people bite their nails,
• Can you think of examples of friendly and
they are usually nervous.
unfriendly body language? Use the ideas you
discussed from exercise 2 to help you. same different
• Do you think it’s polite to make eye contact 9 When you frown, it means you’re
when you talk to someone? Why? concentrating or you’re not happy
about something.
same different
10 People shake their head when they
disagree or to say no.
same different
102
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 102 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Vocabulary 1 Body language
3 Work in pairs. Compare and discuss 5 Work in pairs. Follow the instructions.
your answers to the questionnaire in Student A: Do one of the actions from
exercise 2. the questionnaire.
Student B: Say what Student A is doing.
4 Complete the sentences. Use the Then swap roles.
correct form of the expressions in bold
in the questionnaire. 6 Discuss the questions.
1 Why are you at me? • Which of the actions in the questionnaire

Have I said something silly? are considered rude in your country?
2 This thriller is so exciting that it makes me • What body language do you use when
want to ! you feel
3 Whenever you ask Ali what he wants to do, – happy?
he always and says ‘I don’t – embarrassed?
know’. – relieved?
4 When you have a job interview, you should • What body language do you use when
with the interviewer from time you meet
to time, but not all the time! – friends?
5 I’ll show you the video in a minute, so please – relatives?
stop on the table! – someone for the first time?
6 Why do you so much?
You look so serious and people think
you’re always angry!
Workbook p. 69
103
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 103 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Reading How we communicate
1 Look at the title of the article and 4 Read the article again. Answer the
the photo. What do you think the questions in your own words.
article is about? 1 What does the writer think about having a lot
of money?
2 Read the article quickly. Match the 2 What’s the writer’s opinion of the traditional
headings (1 – 5) to the paragraphs (a – e). way of communicating?
3 Why don’t written words tell us all we need
1 How to chat in another language! to know?
2 Say it with your body! 4 For what two reasons is body language
3 What makes us happy important?
4 Listen! 5 In general, what two things should we not do
5 Words aren’t enough when someone is talking to us?
6 What useful information does the article give
3 Read and listen to the article. for someone learning a foreign language?
1 What did John Donne mean? 5 Work in pairs. Make a list of the five
a We shouldn’t live on islands. most important points in the article.
b We don’t need a lot of money.
c We need other people. 6 Discuss the questions.
2 What does the writer think about • Do you think the advice in the article will help
text messages? you to communicate better? Why?
a They are an excellent way • How do you react to someone who doesn’t
of communicating. understand what you’re saying?
b They are a good way of showing • Do you think you’re a good listener? Why?
emotions. • Can you think of a time when you had
c They don’t tell the whole story. a misunderstanding with someone because
you didn’t communicate well? Talk about it!
3 Who is body language important for?
a for all of us, all the time
b only for the person receiving a message
c only when we’re in a face-to-face
conversation
4 What is the key to good listening?

a not thinking about ourselves
b focusing completely on the other person
c nodding our head and making eye contact
5 In the writer’s opinion, what does good

communication depend on?
a listening more than speaking
b several factors
c our attitude

104
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 104 27/9/18 2:18 pm

NO MAN
IS AN ISLAND
a Four hundred years ago, Did they reply with genuine straight, it will immediately make
the English poet John Donne enthusiasm, or were they just you feel more positive and alert.
wrote, ‘No man is an island.’ being polite? If we don’t hear Scientists have actually confirmed
Donne meant that we are all their intonation when they reply, that smiling makes us feel less
connected to each other in it can be very difficult to know. This stressed and happier.
some way. And he was right. explains why there are sometimes
Human beings are social – misunderstandings when people d One aspect of communication that
we like being with other people text each other: we don’t always is often ignored is how we listen.
and communicating. That’s why know, just from their words, When someone is speaking to us,
the happiest people are nearly if someone is being serious or do we give them our full attention,
always those with the strongest joking. However, now that many or are we occupied with our own
emotional bonds – and not those of us use emojis, there is less thoughts or with how we’re going
with the most money! danger of this. For example, it’s not to reply? Does our body language
the same if your friends say ‘yes’ show the other person that we are
b Nowadays, we have a huge choice with a or a or even a ! interested in what they’re saying
about how we communicate: and encourage them to continue?
speaking on the phone, texting, c So, intonation is one of the Do we nod our head and make
sharing photos online, and so on. reasons why face-to-face eye contact?
However, it’s clear that the most communication is so powerful.
effective way of communicating But an even more important e In the end, human beings are
is the oldest: speaking face- factor is our body language. complicated. For this reason,
to-face. This is because how Most communication experts communication is also complex
we say something is as important agree that body language has because it’s not just about words.
as what we say. Imagine, the biggest influence on how we However, this can have some
for example, that yesterday you receive a message. For example, advantages. For example, even
asked friends if they wanted to if your friend rolls their eyes if you don’t speak a foreign
go shopping at the weekend and when they say they’d like to go language well, if you use the right
they texted that they’d really like shopping, you can be sure this is body language and intonation
to. Now, when you read these actually the last thing they want to and show that you’re listening,
words on your phone, it seems do! However, our body language you’ll be able to have a basic
that your friends have definitely doesn’t just affect how others conversation!
said yes. However, it all depends receive our message. It also has
on what your friends were really a huge influence on how we Glossary
thinking when they answered: feel. For example, if you sit up
intonation the way your voice goes
up or down when you speak
105
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 105 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Language focus 1 Reported speech: Yes / No questions
Direct speech: Reported speech:

Yes / No questions Yes / No questions
‘Do you want to go shopping?’ I asked Ayan. I asked Ayan if / whether he wanted to go
‘Did your sister pass her exam, Dewi?’ asked Henry. shopping.
Henry asked Dewi if / whether her sister had passed
her exam.
When we report a Yes / No question • We use the affirmative form of the verb. We do
• We use the verb ask. NOT use the question form of the verb and we
• We follow the same rules for changing the verb do NOT use a question mark.
tense as when we report statements in the • We use if or whether before the subject and
affirmative. the verb.
1 Match the direct questions (1 – 5) to the reported questions (a – e). Then complete the
reported questions.
Mobile phone questionnaire for Kevin

1 Do you use your mobile phone a They asked Kevin if, in the future, everyone
every day? in the world a mobile phone.
2 Did your friends send you any text b They asked Kevin if he
messages yesterday? his mobile phone every day.
3 Are you going to buy a new mobile c They asked Kevin if he a new
phone this year? mobile phone that year.
4 Should mobile phones be allowed d They asked Kevin if his friends
in the classroom? him any text messages the day before.
5 In the future will everyone in the world e They asked Kevin if mobile phones
own a mobile phone? allowed in the classroom.
2 Rewrite the questions in reported 3 Write Yes / No questions in reported

speech. speech for the different situations.
1 ‘Have you done the shopping?’ Henry’s wife Use your own ideas.
asked him.
2 ‘Is Takashi going to come to the party?’
Satoru asked Kaname.
3 ‘Would you like a mango?’ Adib asked me.
4 ‘Has everyone got a calculator?’ our teacher
asked us.
5 ‘Were you having a shower a minute ago,
Li Ping?’ asked Xiang Ling.
6 ‘Was your brother angry with me last night,
We were watching a film. My dad asked …
Sara?’ I asked.
My dad asked us if we were enjoying
7 ‘Will you open the door for me, please,
the film.
Cheryl?’ asked Alex.
1 I looked thirsty. My mum asked …
8 ‘Had you been to that gym before, Alia?’
2 Joong-ki had been on holiday in London.
Najwa asked.
I asked …
3 The window was broken. The police officer
asked me …
4 Max had an important badminton match the
next day. I asked …
5 Kyle was breathing heavily. I asked …
106
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 106 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Vocabulary 2 Ways of speaking
1 Read and listen to what the people say. 3 Complete the play script. Choose the
9.4 Match the sentences (1 – 8) to the correct stage directions.
situations (a – h). Max B is the boss of a big Hollywood studio.
He calls his creative assistant, Clara, to his
1 ‘We mustn’t make a noise!’ Ed whispered
office for a meeting.
to Harry as he took the valuable painting.
2 ‘I’ve been working on this for an hour Max B: [1yells / complains] Claaaara! Come in!
but I still haven’t solved this problem,’ The door’s open! OK, we need a BIG
sighed Amin. idea for a new film! Any ideas?
3 ‘Hey, that wasn’t a goal!’ the coach yelled to Clara: [2sighs / screams and 3whispers to
the referee from the other side of the pitch. herself / begs] Oh no, not another
4 ‘This chicken soup is cold!’ complained meeting.
Victor to the waiter. Max B: [4complains / begs] Clara! I can’t hear you.
5 ‘Please buy me those sunglasses!’ Hamid Clara: [embarrassed, 5mumbles / begs] I didn’t
begged his dad. say anything, boss.
6 ‘In the English exam you must speak clearly Max B: [6insists / whispers] I still can’t hear you,
and don’t mumble,’ said my teacher. Clara!
7 ‘We’re going to crash!’ screamed Irene, Clara: [7screams / sighs] Oh, look! There’s a fire
terrified. in the building!
8 ‘I didn’t leave the fridge door open – Max B: [8complains / begs] That’s not a new idea
you did!’ insisted my sister. for a film, Clara!
a in a restaurant Clara: [9whispers / insists] No, really – there’s
b in the kitchen a fire! Look! [10begs / sighs] Please,
c thieves in a museum at night we really need to leave, boss – now!
d in the classroom
e boy doing homework
f passenger in a car
g a football match
h in a shopping centre
2 Find the following verbs in exercise 1.

1 Two verbs that describe ways of speaking
in a loud voice
2 Two verbs that describe ways of speaking
in a soft voice
3 Two verbs which indicate that someone isn’t
happy with a situation
4 One verb which indicates that someone
thinks a point is important
5 One verb which indicates that someone is
asking for a big favour
4 In pairs, read the play script in
exercise 3. Say the words as
indicated in the stage directions.

• Do you think it’s sometimes acceptable
to yell at someone? Why?
• What do you think of people who complain
a lot? Why?
• Do you speak differently to your friends
and your parents? In what ways?
Workbook p. 73
107
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 107 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Language focus 2 Reported speech: Wh- questions
Direct speech: Wh- questions Reported speech: Wh- questions

‘Where are you going, Selma?’ I asked. I asked Selma where she was going.
‘How well does your brother play chess?’ Kevin Kevin asked me how well my brother played chess.
asked me.
When we report a Wh- question: • We use the affirmative form of the verb. We do
• We use the verb ask. NOT use the question form of the verb and we
• We follow the same rules for changing the verb do NOT use a question mark.
tense as in the affirmative form.
1 Complete the reported wh- questions. 3 Read the dialogue. Then complete the
Choose the correct answers. gaps in reported speech.
1 Mike asked me how I was feeling /
was feeling.
2 Alex asked Jack who he saw / had seen
last night.
3 I asked Miriam what would the weather be
like / the weather would be like the next day.
4 Nayeem asked me how long I was / had been
learning English.
5 Lin asked me where she could buy /
could she buy a ticket for the concert.
6 I asked Jang why he has / had lied to me.
2 Write the wh- questions in reported

speech.
Vera Where did you buy your dress?
1 ‘Where is your sister going to study next year?’
I don’t remember. I’ve had it for a Sonia
Ryan asked Hannah.
long time.
2 ‘Why do you want to buy a new phone?’
my dad asked me. Vera I think it’s great! I’d love to have a
3 ‘How has your team been playing, Lucy?’ dress like that!
I asked.
Do you want to go shopping at the Sonia
4 ‘Who are you going to see tonight, Helen
weekend? We might find a similar one!
and Alina?’ asked Brenda.
5 ‘What have I done wrong, Dana?’ Vera That sounds good to me.
asked Said.
6 ‘How much did your jeans cost, Grace?’ Vera asked Sonia 1 .
asked Marie. Sonia replied that she 2 because
she 3 .
Vera said that she 4 . She added
that she 5 .
Sonia then asked Vera 6 . She said
that 7 .
Vera replied that 8 .
4 Think of a famous person. Imagine that

you met him/her yesterday. Write six
wh- questions that you asked him/her in
reported speech. Use the words in the
box for ideas.
famous born food free time

plans countries best friend
I asked Salah what his plans for the

future were.
108
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 108 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Listening First impressions
1 Look at the photos. Discuss the 4 What should we do in conversations?

questions. a sit up straight to show a positive attitude
b use our hands to communicate
• How do the people say hello in each photo? c fold our arms all the time
• How do you say hello to
– friends at school? 5 What or who shouldn’t you touch in
– people in your family you see every day? conversations?
– adults you meet for the first time? a the other person
– people your age you meet for the first time? b the table
c a particular part of your body
2 Listen to an expert talking about how
9.5 to create a good first impression. 6 What is the worst impression you can
Put the points in the order she create?
mentions them. a You’re trying to act like someone else.
b You’re lying.
a bad body language
c You’re irresponsible.
b being natural
c how to speak
d first impressions
4 Now listen again. Answer the questions.
e good body language 1 Why are first impressions important?
2 Who benefits when you smile?
3 Listen again. Choose the correct 3 What creates a distance between you and
answers. the person you’re speaking to?
4 Is it always bad to speak very fast?
1 In general, how do people act in human 5 What is the most important thing to do when
relationships? we’re with others?
a They form an impression of others quickly.
b They often change their opinions of others.
c They sometimes don’t trust others when
they first meet them. • When did you last meet someone new?
What impression did they make on you? Why?
2 In general, what should we do when • Do you agree that we should always act
speaking to people? naturally? Why?
a maintain eye contact most of the time • In your country, in what situations is it
b smile, even though we don’t feel very acceptable and unacceptable to maintain eye
confident contact?
c ask questions to show interest
3 The speaker mentions a positive type

of behaviour using the
a eyes.
b hands.
c head.
109
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 109 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Speaking Have you got a ...?
1 Ahmad is staying with a family in Australia to improve his English. Listen to three
9.6 conversations which he has with people in this family. Then put the objects in the
photos in the order that you hear them. Two of the objects are extra.
a b c d e
2 Listen again. Tick (✓) what Ahmad does in each situation to explain what he wants.
He says what He says what He says what He shows how He draws the
the object is the object is the object the object is object
used for made of looks like used
Situation 1
Situation 2
Situation 3
Subskill
3 Complete the descriptions with the
What to do when you don’t know the correct words. Use the Useful phrases
word for something box to help you.
When you don’t know the name of an object in
1 They’re of leather and you
English, you can:
wear them on your feet.
• say what it’s used for • show how it is used
2 You use it go from one place
• say what it’s • draw it
to another. It’s got two wheels.
made of
3 It’s to play tennis and cricket
• say what it looks like
and many other sports. You hit or kick it.
Its shape is .
4 You switch it on when go into a room when
Useful phrases it’s dark. It’s made of glass and .
5 You hold this in your hand and it’s used
Describing objects communicating. It’s made
Use metal, glass and
• It’s to / It’s used to ... and it’s in shape.
• It’s for / It’s used for ...
• You use it to ... 4 Work in pairs. Take turns to describe
• You use it for ... an object.
• It’s a thing / something to ... • Your classmate must guess what object
• It’s a thing / something for ... you’re describing.
• Use the expressions in the Useful phrases
What it’s made of box and the strategies in the Subskill box to
• It’s made of ... (wood / plastic / metal / cloth / help you.
leather / glass / rubber, etc)
A: It’s made of wood or metal and you
What it looks like sleep on it.
• It’s round / square / pointed / triangular / B: Is it a bed?
rectangular A: Yes!
• It looks like ...
110
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 110 27/9/18 2:18 pm

Writing An exposition

1 Do you think you will use English after you
leave school? Why?
2 Is it harder to learn to speak or write
English? Why?
2 Read the essay. Answer the questions.
Is it useful to learn a foreign language?
Nowadays, many pupils study a

foreign language. However, is learning
a foreign language really useful?
3 Match the underlined words and
On the one hand, knowing a foreign expressions in the essay to their
language is essential in many jobs. uses (1 – 5).
For example, if you want to work 1 Giving examples
in a multinational company, you 2 Expressing your opinion
will almost certainly need to know 3 Presenting both sides of an issue
English. Furthermore, knowing a 4 Presenting additional points
foreign language is useful if you 5 Concluding
like travelling. In addition, speaking
a foreign language helps us to 4 Complete the two paragraphs with the
understand different ways of seeing expressions in the box.
the world.
for instance there are solid arguments
On the other hand, there are many on the other hand it seems to me that
situations where knowing a second on the one hand
language is not necessary. For
instance, if you live and work in a
small town, it’s unlikely that you a Speaking personally, 1 body
will need to communicate in another language is very important in some situations.
language. What’s more, it takes a lot 2
, if you’re giving a speech, you
of effort to learn a second language. must look at the audience.
Perhaps it isn’t worth doing this
unless it’s absolutely necessary. b 1
, I’m usually in favour of
saying what you think. 2 ,
As we’ve seen, there are solid sometimes it’s better to keep quiet! In the
arguments for and against learning a end, 3 for and against giving
foreign language. However, speaking your opinion. It all depends on the situation.
personally, it seems to me that
learning another language is always an 5 Write an opinion essay on the topic,
enriching experience. ‘Is social media the best way to
communicate?’
Nguyen Thuy, Class 8B
• Use four paragraphs, as in the model essay.
• Ask a question in the first paragraph to get
1 Why do you think Thuy asks a question in the the reader interested.
first paragraph? • Include examples to help the reader
2 How does Thuy explain her main point in understand your argument.
paragraphs 2 and 3? • Don’t give your own view until the final
3 Where does Thuy express her own opinion paragraph.
on the topic? • Use at least five expressions from exercise 2.
4 Why do you think Thuy doesn’t give her view
before this?
5 Thuy uses four paragraphs. What kind of
information does she include in each one?
Workbook p. 76
111
(E)ESL_SB3_U09.indd 111 27/9/18 2:18 pm

10 1
10.2
Read and listen to the news
stories (1 – 10). Match five of
them to the photos (a – e).
Mysteries
a
Strange things
1 Listen to five people talking about
10.1 mysteries. Choose the correct answers.
1 Mystery 1 is about an animal / a person.
2 Mystery 2 is about a place / a person.
3 Mystery 3 is about an animal / a place. b
4 Mystery 4 is about an animal / a person.
5 Mystery 5 is about a place / a person.

1 What two facts about whales’ singing does the
speaker mention?
2 Why was Jack the Ripper a mystery?
3 What’s strange about the Bermuda Triangle?
4 What physical characteristics of the Yeti does
the speaker mention? c
5 In what circumstances did Amelia Earhart
disappear?

• Which of the mysteries sounds the most
interesting?
• Why do you think a lot of people like
mysteries? Why?
• Are there any famous mysteries connected with
your country (animals, strange events, etc,?
d
If yes, say what you think about them.
• What is the strangest experience you’ve ever had?
112
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 112 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Vocabulary 1 Puzzles
NEWS Search
HOME NEWS WORLD BUSINESS POLITICS SPORTS HEALTH MUSIC
The top 10 news stories
1 Forest fires in the north of Spain. Police say

6 ‘Important new clue shows how famous painting
that there is ‘evidence that they were started
was stolen,’ say police.
deliberately.’ 9 hr 5 hr
2 ‘No final explanation of why French cruise ship 7 ‘Global warming is definitely not a hoax,’ declares
sank,’ says investigator. climate minister.
7 hr 4 hr
3 How were the pyramids built? Archaeologists 8 Police are investigating the disappearance of a
finally discover the solution! famous American TV chef and his wife.
6 hr 3 hr
4 Size of the universe is still a big puzzle,’ 9 ‘I won’t tell you who I’m going to marry, but
says famous scientist. I’ll give you a hint!’ says Bollywood star.
6 hr 2 hr
5 ‘The secret of our success is preparation and 10 Lion seen in a park in Kuala Lumpur. Police say
hard work,’ says famous football coach. it is a ‘complete mystery’ how it got there.
5 hr 1 hr
2 Choose the correct answers. 3 explanation hoax solution

4 mystery puzzle disappearance
1 Something that you say that only shows part
5 hint clue explanation
of what you think or want is a hint / solution.
2 A sign or piece of information that helps
you to find the answer to a problem is a 4 Choose the correct answers.
hoax / clue. 1 I don’t know the answer to your question.
3 Reasons that make something clear or easy Can you give me a clue / hoax / solution?
to understand form a(n) explanation / mystery. 2 There isn’t any solution / evidence /
4 One or more reasons for believing disappearance that this man is guilty.
that something is or is not true refer to 3 This is a really difficult maths mystery / puzzle /
secrets / evidence. explanation. Can you solve it?
5 A difficult problem, often scientific or 4 Where is the remote control? It’s a clue /
mathematical, that we are trying to find mystery / hint.
an answer to, is a puzzle / disappearance. 5 Have you found a(n) evidence / explanation /
6 A plan to make someone believe something hint for why the team played so badly?
which isn’t true is a hoax / clue. 6 It’s a secret / an explanation / a hoax,
7 A strange event which we don’t know how, so I can’t tell you.
why or if it happened is evidence / a mystery.
8 The answer to a problem is a solution / 5 Discuss the questions.
evidence.
9 A situation when something or someone • Are you good at keeping secrets? Give
cannot be found is a disappearance / hint. a reason for your answer.
10 Something which only a few people know is • What kind of clues do detectives look for
a secrets / mystery. when they are at the scene of a crime?
• Why do you think some people creat
hoaxes?
3 Look at the five word-sets. Choose the
odd word out in each one. Then give
reasons for your answers.
1 evidence hoax clue
2 solution mystery puzzle
Workbook p. 77
113
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 113 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Reading Real mysteries
1 Look at the three pictures in the article. 4 What does the author think of
They show three real mysteries. What do von Daniken’s idea?
you think the three mysteries might be? a It was very interesting.
b It might be true.
c It was false.
2 Read and listen to the article. Choose
10.3 the best titles for each mystery. 5 Why did the bank employees stop the car?
1 Where did the Mary Celeste go? / a There was a bomb under it.
What happened on the Mary Celeste? b A policeman told them to stop.
2 Why were the Nazca drawings made? / c Smoke and flames began to appear.
How did they make the Nazca drawings?
3 Where did the motorcycle go? / Who stole the 6 How did the thief transport the money?
money? a on foot
b in a car
3 Read the text again. Choose the correct c on a motorbike
answers.
4 Answer the questions. Give reasons
1 Why did Captain Morehouse go to investigate for your answers.
the Mary Celeste?
a It wasn’t moving. 1 What was the weather probably like the day
b It didn’t respond to his signals. they saw the Mary Celeste?
c It didn’t seem to be under control. 2 How did Captain Morehouse probably feel
when he arrived at the Mary Celeste?
2 What did they find on the Mary Celeste? 3 What’s the climate like in the area where the
a food Nazca drawings are located?
b signs of violence 4 Why do you think von Daniken wrote
c one of the lifeboats his book?
5 Why do you think smoke and flames began
to appear under the car?
3 How would you feel if you looked at the
6 How do you think the people in the car felt
Nazca Desert from a plane?
after the incident?
a very surprised
b afraid
c sad 5 Discuss which of the three mysteries
is the most interesting. Give reasons
for your answers.

114
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 114 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Unsolved mysteries!
All of us love a good mystery! Here are three famous ones – two from the past and one which is more recent.
What do you think is the explanation for each one?
1 At about 1 pm on Wednesday December 4, 1872,

Captain David Morehouse was on the ship Dei Gratia,
about 800 kilometres off the coast of Portugal.
Suddenly, one of his crew told him that there was a
ship about 10 kilometres away moving strangely.
When Morehouse went to investigate, he found no
one on the other ship, which was called the Mary
Celeste. It was in fairly good condition and there was
no evidence that there had been a violent struggle on
board. The lifeboat was gone. However, it seems clear
that the crew hadn’t left in a hurry because there was
no uneaten food on the tables or the floor. Surprisingly,
there was plenty of food stored in the kitchens. Why
did all the sailors abandon the ship,leaving the food
Painting of the Mary Celeste
behind them? The explanation will always be a mystery
because the crew were never seen again.
2 If one day you flew above the Nazca Desert in

southern Peru and looked out of the window,
you probably wouldn’t believe your eyes. Down
below, you’d see huge images of animals, trees
and people, made in the surface of the desert.
The drawings are about 2,000 years old, but why
were they were made? It’s an especially puzzling
question because you can only see the images
properly when you’re on the top of a hill, or in a
plane. The drawings became world famous after a
Swiss author, Erich von Daniken, wrote a bestseller
about them in 1968. He claimed that the lines Nazca lines viewed from above
were made to guide space ships when they landed.
After his book appeared, thousands of tourists came to the Nazca Desert to see the drawings. However,
experts have shown that von Daniken’s book contains many mistakes. Unfortunately, we will probably
never know why the drawings were made.
3 On the morning of 10th December 1968, four bank employees were
driving to a car factory in Tokyo. They were transporting a very special
package: almost 300 million yen in cash! That’s about US$3 million
in today’s money. Suddenly, a police motorcyclist stopped them. He
said to the men, ‘We think someone might have put a bomb under
your car. I need to check.’ The police officer crawled under the car
and, suddenly, smoke and flames began to appear! ‘Run!’ he shouted.
‘It’s going to explode!’ The four people in the car quickly got out. They
must have felt terrified! The ‘policeman’ then calmly got into the car and
drove away – with all the money! In reality, he wasn’t a police officer
at all – and he had just carried out one of the cleverest robberies in
history! Hundreds of detectives investigated the crime but the thief was
never found. No one could understand how the thief had managed
Police composite to disappear without a trace with such a large amount of cash. Even
photo of the thief today, people in Japan still talk about the ‘300 million yen incident’.
115
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 115 16/10/18 10:09 am

Language focus 1 Past modals
1 Complete the sentences with might,

We use may, might, could, must and can’t + must or can’t.
have + the past participle of the main verb
to express how sure we are that an event has 1 I’m not sure, but I think they have
happened. cancelled the match.
2 Ali have passed his driving test
because he doesn’t look very happy!
Example Meaning 3 I think I not have brought the tickets.
Jack must have done it. I’m sure that Jack did it. Let me check!
4 You have felt very happy when your
Jack may/might/could Perhaps Jack did it.
team won.
have done it. 5 This have been the best video game
Jack may not/might not Perhaps Jack did not I’ve ever played. It’s certainly one of the best
do it. two or three.
have done it. 6 The 10.30 train have left because it’s
Jack can’t / couldn’t I’m sure that Jack did only 10.15.
have done it. not do it.
10.4 exercise 1.
3 Complete the news story. Use past modals and the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.
Aztec Diamond stolen – latest news!

Police have confirmed that the thieves 1 (steal) the
Aztec Diamond between 3 and 4 am last night. They are
also sure that the thieves 2 (sell) the diamond yet
because it’s too expensive and too well-known. Police believe
that one of the thieves 3 (be) the famous robber
Rodney Briggs, but they are not 100% sure. ‘It’s possible,
but he 4 (do) it,’ admitted police chief, Sandra
Banks. ‘We just don’t know. But we are sure that the thieves
5
(leave) the country,’ she added, ‘because we
would have caught them at the border.’ The Perez family,
the owners of the jewel, have not made any comments,
on a day that 6 (be) very sad for them.
4 Rewrite the sentences with past modals.

1 I’m sure that Nurul didn’t see us.
2 Perhaps May didn’t get the train.
3 I’m sure that Sokna has left by now.
4 Perhaps Michelle has got lost.
5 I’m sure Andrew hasn’t taken your bike.
5 Look at the photo. Write five sentences

with past modals.
• Say what has possibly happened.
• Talk about how the people possibly felt.

116
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 116 16/10/18 10:17 am

Vocabulary 2 Describing strange events
HOLLYWOOD TIMES
MOVIE NEWS TV NEWS REVIEWS VIDEOS LISTS
Which of these films will win statues at The Past Returns

this year’s Oscars? Retired detective Kurt Mortensen decides to
investigate a puzzling murder from 30 years ago
which is still unsolved. A great Swedish film!
The Stranger
One day, a weird stranger arrives in the small
town of Dansville. He doesn’t know his name,
he doesn’t know where he’s from, but he has
some unexpected news for everyone in the
town.
The Nose
Nessie
One night, Maria Roberts has an odd dream
This fascinating film tells the life of Steve in which she loses her nose. But when she
Feltham, who has spent the last 26 years wakes up, something even more bizarre has
looking for the mysterious Loch Ness Monster. happened: her nose has actually disappeared!
Highly recommended!
1 Read and listen to the news on a movie 3 A: I don’t understand why Gan is so angry
10.5 website. Choose the correct definitions with us.
for the words in bold. B: Me, neither. It’s a bit unsolved / puzzling.
1 fascinating: boring / very interesting 4 A: Did you ever find out how you got a virus
2 mysterious: endangered or very on your computer?
rare / unknown, and not explained or B: No I didn’t! It’s one of life’s
understood unsolved / mysterious mysteries!
3 puzzling: hard to understand or to find the
solution / serious and dangerous 5 A: What do you think of the new nature
4 unsolved: having no answer or solution / free, documentary on TV?
not captured B: I love it! It’s fascinating / bizarre!
5 weird: poor / strange
6 unexpected: surprising, because you did 6 A: Where’s Kashif?
not think it was going to happen / rich and B: I don’t know. It’s unexpected / weird
famous – he was here a minute ago!
7 odd: frequent / strange
8 bizarre: strange / loud
2 Complete the dialogues. Choose the • Have you ever had an odd dream? What
correct answers. happened in it? How did you feel after
waking up?
1 A: That’s a really bizarre / unsolved painting! • What’s the most fascinating film you’ve seen
B: Yes, I agree. What does it mean? or book you’ve read?
• When’s the last time you had some
2 A: My brother has won an important Maths unexpected news?
competition.
B: Really? That a bit fascinating /
unexpected, isn’t it?
Workbook p. 81
117
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 117 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Language focus 2 Indirect questions
Wh- questions
Direct question Indirect question Comments

When does the shop open? I’d like to know when the shop • Same word order as in
opens. affirmative sentences.
• Tense doesn’t change.
Yes / No- questions
Direct question Indirect question Comments

Has Ali done his part of the I wonder if Ali has done his part of • Same word order as in
project? the project. affirmative sentences.
• Tense doesn’t change.
• Use if or whether.
We use indirect questions after expressions such as: I wonder, I’d like to know, Can / Could you tell me ...?
Can you tell me what time we’re leaving tomorrow?
I wonder if Kevin has read my message yet.
We will probably never know why the drawings were made.
1 Put the words in the correct order to make indirect questions.

1 me / can / know / see / like / 4 puzzle / solved / understand /
you / to / when / I’d that / you / never / how / I’ll
2 me / angry / me / with / you’re / 5 me / glasses / me / you / these /
tell / why / you / can / ? tell / suit / if / could / ?
3 today / win / wonder / 6 here / know / policeman / doing /
match / we’ll / I / the / if to / the / we’re / wants / what
2 Read the advice on a website for students. Then make indirect questions using They’ll
want to know.
UNIVERSITY CAREERS STUDY TIPS CONTACT
Questions to prepare for a university interview

1 Why do you want to study here?
2 What are your greatest achievements?
3 Have you done much in your life apart
from studying?
4 How will you contribute to college life?
5 Why should we give you a place?
6 Did you get good grades in your exams last
year?
7 What’s the best book you’ve read this year
3 Look at the photo. Write six things that

you want to know about it. Use indirect
questions.
I want to know where this is.

118
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 118 12/10/18 3:44 pm

Listening A mystery story
1 Work in pairs. You are going to listen to a story called August Heat. Look at the photos.
What do you think the story is about?
2 Listen to the story. Put the events in the 4 The man that Withencroft meets looks
10.6 correct order. the person in his drawing.
a exactly the same as
a James Withencroft sees the writing on b very similar to
the gravestone. c a little older than
b James Withencroft goes for a walk.
c James Withencroft meets someone and 5 When Withencroft sees the gravestone,
has a big surprise. he probably feels
d James Withencroft decides not to go a pleased.
home. b disappointed.
e James Withencroft opens the gate. c very surprised.
f James Withencroft does a drawing.
6 Withencroft decides to stay with the man
3 Listen again. Choose the correct because
answers. a it’s safer.
1 The man in the drawing looks b it’s late.
a happy. c he feels tired.
b worried.
c without hope. 4 Listen to the end of the story again.
10.7 What do you think might happen next?
2 While he is walking, James Withencroft Why?
a doesn’t pay much attention.
b think about his picture.
c gets lost. 5 Discuss the questions.
• Did you like the story? Why?
3 James Withencroft opens the gate because • Do you think this story would work well as
he something. a film? Why?
a sees • How can the weather affect our behaviour?
b hears
c smells
119
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 119 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Speaking What happened here?
1 Listen to conversations about the three photos. Match the conversations (1 – 3) to the
10.8 photos (a – c).
a b c
2 Listen again. Identify the exact words 4 Look at the three photos. Discuss what
said in each conversation. Choose the you think has happened in each one. Use
correct answers. the expressions in the Useful phrases
1 Conversation one box and Subskill box to help you.
a Someone might have dropped the fish.
b Someone must have dropped the fish.
2 Conversation two
a The man must have stolen something
from her.
b The man definitely has stolen something
from her.
3 Conversation three
a He might have had some bad news.
b Perhaps he’s had some bad news.
Useful phrases
Speculating about what has
happened
• He / She must have …
• He / She has definitely …
• He / She may / might / could have …
• It looks like he / she has …
• Perhaps / Possibly he / she has …
3 Now listen again and complete the

expressions.
1 It’s ____ to say.
2 Do you ____ so?
3 I a____.
4 Yes, p______.
5 Yes, you ____ ____ right!
Subskill
Reacting to other people’s ideas
When you discuss what might have
happened, it is good to react to what other
people say. You can use expressions like:
Do you think so?, You might be right! or
I agree.
120
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 120 27/9/18 2:31 pm

Writing v A short story
The man with sunglasses

The tall man sitting at the table outside looked When I brought him his sandwich, he looked
familiar, with his long brown hair and broad nose. at me briefly. I definitely had seen him before.
He was drinking water and pretending to look But where?
at a glossy sports magazine. Although he was
wearing dark, expensive sunglasses, I knew he I walked back inside with my empty tray, puzzled,
wasn’t looking at the magazine: he hadn’t turned shaking my head. Suddenly, I remembered: the
a page for ten minutes. What’s more, he seemed bank robbery last night, the picture of the man on
nervous and occasionally glanced around him. the TV. It was him! Frantically, I called the police.
Then, cautiously, I went back outside to see if
he was still there, but he had gone! When I took
away his plate, I saw he had left a huge tip.
Glossary
glossy printed on shiny paper
frantically done in a fast and excited way
1 Read the short story. Answer the

questions.
1 In a mystery story, there is often a problem to
solve. What is the problem in this story and
how does the main character solve it?
2 Does the writer provide an introduction?
What is the effect of this?
3 Are there many characters are in the story?
What is the advantage of this?
4 Find ten adjectives that describe what people
or things looked like.
5 Find one adjective that describes how people
felt and three adverbs that describe how they
did things.
2 Plan and write a short mystery story

(150 – 250 words).
Preparation
• Brainstorm one idea to base your story on. It
must be some kind of mystery.
• Decide on the main character(s). There
shouldn’t be more than two or three.
• Decide on an interesting title.
Writing
• Don’t write a long introduction. Start the
action as quickly as possible.
• Use short sentences.
• Include adjectives and adverbs to describe
people, feelings and how things are done.
• If necessary, write a second, edited version
of your story.
Workbook p. 84
121
(E)ESL_SB3_U10.indd 121 27/9/18 2:32 pm

Self-Check E
1 Five sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question, choose the
correct answer. There are three extra sentences which you do not need to use.
Myster ous music

Imagine you are in a boat far out at sea. Suddenly, you
hear a loud, deep, and melodious song. 1 Then,
it starts again. You look around you, but you can see
nothing but water everywhere. So, who is out there
making such mysterious but beautiful music?
Scientists call this music a whale song. 2 Human

composers who have heard it have been amazed by it.
But this music is actually made by some species of whale like
the blue whale and the humpback whale, and it is mainly the
male whales that sing. The whales sometimes produce these
songs when they are feeding. 3 Apparently, they sing to
attract female humpback whales. According to scientists, some whales
communicate their feelings of loneliness through these songs. They may even sing the songs to express
their sadness over the loss of a loved one.
Each of these whale songs can last from a few minutes to half an hour, and it is then repeated. The singing
can go on for hours, or even days. 4 What is more amazing is that whales from the same social
group sing the same song at the same time even when they are very far apart. On the other hand, whales
that belong to different social groups sing different songs even when they are together. The melodies may
change over time, but whales belonging to the same group always sing the same songs. Research shows
that this helps the whales to keep track of their group members, and to communicate important information
to one another within the group.
Although scientists have been studying whale songs for a long time, they continue to wonder why whales
sing. 5 But maybe this is not a bad thing, for the beauty of nature often lies in its mystery. And the
mystery of this music created by Mother Nature could be part of the reason why it sounds so beautiful to
the human ear.
a Male humpbacks also use them to show that they are fit and healthy.
b They are carnivores and feed on small sea creatures.
c They have yet to figure out the complex meanings of these songs.
d A whale song does not sound as good as man-made music.
e Just as you are starting to enjoy it, the song ends.
f It is very loud, and can be heard over great distances.
g It sounds like the music that people make.
h They have already found out a lot about whale songs.
122
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_E.indd 122 27/9/18 2:54 pm

2 For each question, write the correct 4 For each question, choose the correct
answer. Write one word for each gap. E answer.
You will hear a radio interview with a young
mystery writer called Adeena.
It was my first day in the new school. I had

1
leave my village school because
my parents wanted to move to the city to
get better jobs.
The class teacher made me stand in front

of the whole class to introduce 2 . 1 What is Adeena’s most recent success?
I was so nervous, I could hardly speak a She published her first book.
above a whisper. I saw a boy sitting in the b Her newest book sold well.
corner, with his arms folded. 3 he c She won a story-writing competition.
roll his eyes when I was speaking? How 2 Adeena started writing mystery stories at the
rude! In my old school, no one would age of
4
dared to behave like that in class. a 5.
I made up my mind not to have anything to b 10.
do 5 that boy at all. c 19.
However, that boy turned out to be my 3 Adeena’s first published book was
best friend, Alan. I look back on that a written with her English teacher’s help.
first day we met, and realise that first b discovered by her mum.
impressions are 6 always accurate. c the result of a competition.
We should give others another chance to 4 What does Adeena do when she has
show what they are really like. an inspiration?
a She writes it down.
b She tells her parents about it.
3 You see this announcement on your c She forgets about it until the school
school’s noticeboard. holidays.
5 Adeena writes mainly mystery stories
because
a she writes them best.
Let’s communicate! b her first published story was a
Write an article about how mystery story.
you usually communicate c her favourite writer is a mystery writer.
with your friends and family
members. 6 How does Adeena feel about Agatha Christie?
What do you think is the best a She thinks Agatha Christie’s explanations
way to communicate with are always simple.
others? Why? b She wants to do better than
Winners will be selected to Agatha Christie.
take part in an inter-school c She admires Agatha Christie.
writing competition next term.
Write the article.
123
(E)ESL_SB3_SelfCheck_E.indd 123 12/10/18 3:48 pm

Finished? Unit 1
Reading (pp. 16 – 17) 5 Read the list about what Sally wanted
to do two years ago. Write sentences
1 Read the article again. Write what about what she has and hasn’t done
happened on these dates. using just, already, still, yet.
1 1358 fly in an aeroplane  maybe next year
2 1368 swim in the sea  last week!
3 1398 learn a musical
4 1402
 guitar and
instrument ukulele!
5 1644
climb a mountain 
finish reading all the  one more to go!
2 Answer these questions.
Michael Morpugo
1 Why do you think Zhu Yuanzhang rebelled books
against the Mongol rulers in China? write a blog 
2 Why did Zhu Yuanzhang choose the name
‘Ming’ to describe his new government? She hasn’t flown in an aeroplane yet.
3 What happened under Emperor Yongle’s rule
that hadn’t happened in China before? 6 Write five sentences about things that
4 Why do you think the writer says ‘China’s you have and haven’t done with just,
influence was felt across the world?’ already, still, yet.
Language focus 1 (p. 18)

just, already, still, yet
3 Complete the second sentence so that
7 Rewrite these active sentences in the
it means the same as the first. Use the
passive. Use by if you need to.
present perfect simple and just, already,
still, yet. 1 My parents have told me to stay at home
this weekend.
1 Teerapat completed the maths test a few 2 Someone had given the police information
moments ago. about the crime beforehand.
Teerapat the maths test. 3 They sold this painting for over $1 million.
2 Andra expected her friend to arrive ten 4 A Scottish man invented the television
minutes ago but she didn’t. in 1926.
Andra’s friend . 5 People make this hot drink in over a hundred
3 Dinner is at 8 pm but Farah finished cooking countries in the world.
at 7 pm and is now relaxing.
Farah and is now relaxing.
8 Rewrite these passive sentences in the
4 It’s 5 am and it’s dark outside.
The sun . active. You will need to change a verb in
one of the sentences.
4 Correct the mistakes. 1 Our old house has been sold to a British
Alin: Have you been to the Mexican family.
restaurant in the shopping mall already? 2 My uncle’s car has been stolen by a group
Henry: No, I haven’t still been there. of criminals.
Alin: Well, it’s closed down just. I saw the 3 The shopping centre had been closed
manager taking the sign down this for three days.
afternoon. 4 The wedding had been celebrated
Henry: Oh no! Do you know why? by everyone in the family.
Alin: The manager said since they opened, 5 My computer has been attacked by a virus.
they’ve just lost a lot of money and
couldn’t continue.
124
(E)ESL_SB3_Finished.indd 124 27/9/18 2:33 pm

Finished? Unit 2
1 After lunch on Monday afternoon, Erfana

Reading (pp. 26–27)
(go) horseriding.
1 Read the book review again. Find 2 At 6 pm on Tuesday, she (fly)
to Kuala Lumpur.
adjectives with the following meanings.
3 By midnight on Tuesday, she
The first letter has been given. (arrive) in Kuala Lumpur.
1 naturally clever g 4 On Wednesday, she (sightsee)
2 earning little money l in Kuala Lumpur all day.
3 strong-minded d 5 At 10 am on Thursday morning,
4 producing a strong emotion m she (be) on the bus to
5 uncomplicated s Legoland themepark.
6 By Friday afternoon, she (drive)
2 Write down what each adjective to Cape Rachado.
in exercise 1 is describing. 7 On Saturday, she (explore)
Cape Rachado.
1 4
8 By 8 pm Sunday, she (leave)
2 5
Malaysia.
3

The future Active & passive: The future

5 Write sentences in the active or passive
3 Four of the sentences contain mistakes.
form. Use by if you need to.
Correct them.
1 the doctor / going to / send / a letter to your
1 At midday tomorrow we’ll be have lunch
new address
in Singapore.
2 the festival lights / will / switch on / the president
2 I think Brazil will have won the World Cup
next year. 3 you / going to / drive / to the hotel / taxi driver
3 On Sunday it will have been six months since 4 the students / will / tell / the results / teacher
we met. 5 we / will / revise / for the test / tomorrow night
4 I’ll be finishing watching the film before dinner. 6 I / going to / tidy / my bedroom this weekend
5 She’ll be very happy when it stops raining.
6 They’ll drive to the seaside all night. 6 Complete the email with the correct
form of the words in brackets. Use will
4 Look at Erfana’s plan for next week. or going to.
Then complete the sentences using
the future simple, future continuous or
future perfect and the verbs in brackets. Dear Mr Garcia,
Here is the plan for your visit to London next

week.
Monday 12th 12.30 pm: Lunch with
grandparents
3.00 pm: Horse-riding On Monday evening, we 1 (going to/
with Selma take) you to the film premiere. After the film,
you 2 (going to / interview)
Tuesday 13th 4.05 pm: Fly to Kuala Lumpur by a reporter from the BBC. On Tuesday,
(flight time 6 hours)
I3 (will / meet) you at your hotel
Wednesday Sightseeing in Kuala Lumpur at 10.30 am. We 4 (going to / drive)
14th by our driver to Bodiam Castle, where your new
Thursday 7.00 am: Take the bus film 5 (will / make).
15th to Legoland themepark
(arrive at around 11.00 am) In the evening, we’ll return to London for a special
(Leave for Kuala Lumpur
dinner, which 6 (will / cook) by the
at 6.30 pm)
celebrity chef, Antonio Moretti. On Wednesday,
Friday 16th am: Drive to Cape Rachado you’ll fly back to Los Angeles.
pm: Sunbathing on the
beach!
We’re looking forward to meeting you.
Saturday 17th Explore Cape Rachado
Sunday 18th Go back to Kuala Lumpur. David Hurst
7.30 pm: Fly home
125

Finished? Unit 3
1 Iris said amazing news.

Reading (pp. 38 – 39)
2 Siti told to hear it.
1 Read the text again. Decide who or 3 Iris said .
4 Iris told and it
what the underlined words in the
into the national schools competition.
sentences refer to. 5 Siti said and that Iris
1 While most of us are lucky enough to find proud.
that support in a loving family and among
our friends at school, some of us don’t. Language focus 2 (p. 42)
2 … the main reason they joined was to belong
to a group. Shocked or shocking?
3 For youth workers like me, this situation
is frustrating. 5 Complete the sentences with the -ing
4 But after a short time, she became frightened or -ed form of the words in the box.
and found it very difficult to leave.
fascinate surprise bore
2 Choose the correct words to make frustrate frighten confuse
collocations from the text.
1 I didn’t expect to see my cousins at the party.
1 human culture / nature I was really .
2 criminal gang / leader 2 We had planned to do lots of outdoor
3 youth worker / gang activities that day so it was
4 gang member / worker when it started raining and we had to stay
5 community nature / leader at home.
3 Sam is really by what
Language focus 1 (p. 40) happened. He doesn’t understand any of it.
4 It was a film. One of the most
Reported speech interesting I’ve watched in a long time.
5 Don’t be by the horse.
3 Write complete sentences in reported She’s very nervous but she doesn’t bite.
speech. 6 It was such a TV show that
1 Simon / tell / the police / be not / I won’t watch it again. Nothing at all
in the park / yesterday happened for an hour.
2 Somsri / say / she / can’t go / running /
because / she feel ill 6 Complete these sentences with suitable
3 Taeyang / tell / his friends / he / will be / late / participles.
this evening
1 Rashid was wearing an open-
4 Joe / say / they / shouldn’t leave / their bags /
shirt and a jacket.
here
2 Our best basketball player is 220 cm tall.
5 Lisa / tell / the teacher / she / will hand in /
He is very long- .
the report / tomorrow
3 My dad is middle- but he still
goes running every day and is really fit.
4 Read the conversation. Complete the 4 Ayesha is well- . She has
sentences in reported speech. a degree in maths.
Iris: I’ve just heard some really amazing news. 5 I want to take my dad shopping. Everything
Siti: I can’t wait to hear it. he wears is so old- .
Iris: Well, there was a school poetry 6 I think that shirt is too small for you.
competition last week. It’s really tight- .
Siti: I didn’t know.
Iris: My poem won second prize and
it may be entered into the national
schools competition.
Siti: That’s amazing! You must be really proud.
126

Finished? Unit 4
Reading (pp. 48 – 49) Language focus 2 (p. 52)
1 Read the TV preview again. Which Intensifiers

TV programme 5 Choose the correct intensifiers.
1 is about people at work? 1 Our holiday to Italy was
2 shows people in an extreme environment? absolutely / great / complete perfect.
3 is shown multiple times each week? Everyone had a wonderful time.
4 allows the viewers to choose what happens? 2 Tim was hardly / highly / deeply embarrassed
5 shows people from different countries when he forgot the words to the song
working together? he was singing at the concert.
3 Mahmood totally / hardly / absolutely
2 Match the words in the first column remembers going to Borneo because
(1 – 5) to the second column (a – e) it was such a long time ago.
to make compound adjectives from 4 I was totally / strongly / hardly confused by the
the text. Explain what each compound London Underground when I first used it.
adjective describes. 5 There was a total / lowly / low temperature
in the house so we put the heating on.
1 long- a dollar 6 My cousin is completely / slightly / deeply
2 million- b black older than me but we’re both in the same
3 award- c winning class at school.
4 pitch- d running
6 Complete the email with the intensifiers
Language focus 1 (p. 50) in the box.
Quantifiers slightly great hardly
3 Complete the dialogue. There may be complete low absolutely
more than one correct answer.
Pim: How are you, Vina? Reply Forward
Vina: I’m a 1 tired after the
New Year celebrations at our house. To Brad
Pim: I know what you mean. I went to my
cousins’ house. It was great because From Carl
2
of the family were there.
Vina: That’s cool. I was hoping my two cousins Hi Brad,
would come, but 3 of them
were free. How are you? It was a 1 surprise to see
Pim: Who was there? you at the café last week, but I’m really sorry that
Vina: A 4 of my close friends we didn’t get the chance to talk. How was your
and some of my family. There were holiday?
5
of us there to make it fun. I was 2 concerned when I saw the news
Pim: There were about 20 people at my of the bad weather in the mountains, but I knew
cousins’ and of course, there was a great there was a 3 chance that you’d stay
6
of food. there at this time of year.
4 Correct the mistakes. I’m 4 exhausted at the moment as I’ve

been revising for my exams and I’ve 5
1 All of my friends are the same age as me had a break this month. But the last exam is next
but a few are younger. week and after that I’ll rest for a week before I start
2 Mike ate half of the cake this afternoon looking for a job. There are some 6
and kept most for this evening. opportunities coming up so I’m really excited.
3 They didn’t put many effort into the show.
It was rather disappointing. See you soon,
4 A few of these two phones have a good Carl
battery life.
5 I don’t think I’ve got all money to buy
the more expensive one.
6 A little of the schools in our town teach
Italian, but not many.
127

Finished? Unit 5
Reading (pp. 60–61) 4 Complete the sentences with the

correct conjunctions.
1 Read the magazine article again. 1 I’m going to play basketball
Answer the questions. go swimming this weekend,
1 What didn’t surprise the writer about people but I can’t decide which.
in Denmark? 2 The house was quiet because
2 What can you find in Tivoli Gardens? my brother my sister were
3 How can you find a Danish family to have at home.
dinner with? 3 Jack studies French
4 Why isn’t the writer surprised that the city Italian is his decision.
has been voted the best in the world for 4 Most of my friends live in
cyclists? an apartment a house.
5 What are over 98% of homes connected to? 5 Fatima’s a vegetarian. She eats
meat fish.
2 Find words in the magazine article with
the following meanings. Language focus 2 (p. 64)
1 homes and the people who live in them Dependent prepositions
2 an area of water where ships can stop
3 small trains that go up and 5 Add another verb or adjective
down very steep tracks to the table. Then write the correct
4 visiting interesting places as a tourist dependent preposition.
Verbs / Adjectives Preposition

Language focus 1 (p. 62 )
hear excited warn about
Correlative conjunctions
1 apologise look sorry
3 Rewrite the second sentence so it
2 rely keen agree
means the same as the first. Use the
word in brackets. 3 agree annoyed
1 I might go shopping or I might go home. 4 listen similar
(whether) 5 protect different safe
I don’t know .
2 It’s possible to go swimming or play
6 Complete the dialogues with the
volleyball. (either)
You can . correct words.
3 I don’t want to see him and I don’t want 1 A: Who do those shoes to?
to talk to him. (neither) B: They’re my brother’s.
I . 2 A: Why are you so angry?
4 You can decide if we watch a film or play B: I’m really with Toby.
a board game. (whether) 3 A: What are Edmund Hilary and Tenzing
is up to you. Norgay for?
5 We were late because both the trains and B: They were the first people to climb
buses were cancelled. (neither) Mount Everest.
were running 4 A: Helen and Alina are very
so we were late. to each other.
B: I know. I can never tell who’s who.
5 A: Don’t worry. If there are any problems,
I’ll be here to help.
B: Thanks a lot. I know I can
on you.
128

Finished? Unit 6
1 Read the text again. Put the events in 2 Complete the sentences with the correct
the correct order. words from the text.
a Kenji began including his inventions in the 1 Edison invented the lightbulb so people could
magazine. work after .
b One of Kenji’s inventions became popular 2 Kenji Kawakami wanted to invent things that
around the world. were almost .
c Dan and Kenji started the International 3 Kawakami didn’t like how people
Chindogu Society. things they didn’t need.
d Kenji’s Chindogu inventions began to 4 It was impossible to any of
appear on the front cover of the magazine. Kawakami’s inventions.
e Dan Papia started writing about Chindogu 5 People who wanted to invent Chindogu
in English. products had to follow some .
f Kenji Kawakami was working for a 6 One of his inventions was an umbrella that you
shopping magazine. wear as a .
g Dan and Kenji wrote a book about Chindogu.
Third conditional
3 Match the first half of the sentence (1 – 6) to the second half (a – f). Then complete the
sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1 If you (be) late, a if he (go) to school.
2 If I (study) French at school, b he (become) very rich.
3 She (win) the race c if she (start) faster.
4 If we (have) more for lunch, d we (miss) the train.
5 Stephen Hawking (become) e I (go) to university in Paris.
a great scientist
6 If Kawakami (sell) the selfie stick, f we (be) hungry later.
4 Read the sentences about what happened. Then write sentences using the third
conditional about how things might have been different.
1 I forgot to take my phone and got lost. 4 We lost the match because most of our best
If I had taken my phone, I wouldn’t players couldn’t play.
have got lost. 5 I didn’t enjoy the film because none of the
2 I wasn’t late for school because I ran all the way. characters were believable.
3 I didn’t meet you at the cinema because 6 I didn’t take any food on the cycle ride and
I went to the wrong one. I got really hungry.
Sentence adverbs
5 Match the third conditional sentences (1 – 8) to the sentence adverbs (a – h).
1 I can’t believe that just happened. a however
2 That was lucky. b seriously
3 That’s what I really believe. c fortunately
4 I think everyone expected that. d unsurprisingly
5 I think this is the best option. e honestly
6 On the other hand, … f eventually
7 At the end of the day, … g surprisingly
8 I’m not joking about this. h ideally
6 Complete the third conditional sentences with the correct adverbs.
1 I wanted to arrive before the concert started, 3 S , you mustn’t touch those
but u , my bus was late. wires. They might be dangerous.
2 N , we have lunch at home on 4 I finished my homework this morning.
Saturdays, but today we’re going to T , I’ve got the afternoon free.
a restaurant to celebrate my birthday. 5 S , the best team in the
competition lost their last two games. 129

Finished? Unit 7
Reading (pp. 82– 83) 4 Complete the email with the verbs in
brackets. Use the present perfect simple
1 Read the article again. Choose the or present perfect continuous.
correct answers. Hi Aroon,
1 The sea wall at the power plant was
a much too low. I’m sorry I 1 (not write) to you for
b almost high enough. a while! So, how 2 (things / go)
c too high. with you?
2 The reactors I3 (do) a course in programming

a were powered by the generators. recently. I 4 (almost / finish) it
b got too hot. now. It 5 (be) really interesting!
c were the principal cause of the problem. Do you remember my sister, Karen? She
6
(look) for a summer job but she
3 Who definitely suffered from the disaster? 7
(not find) one yet. And my dad
a fishermen 8
(buy) a new car! The problem is,
b farmers
he 9 (use) to go everywhere and
c rescue workers
he doesn’t go anywhere on foot now!
4 The technical experts
a were too pessimistic. Cheers,
b agreed with senior management. James
c were right.
5 The writer thinks that
a nuclear power is a bad idea. Past perfect continuous
b Germany made the right decision.
c we need to be careful where we build 5 Rewrite the sentences with the
nuclear power stations. past perfect continuous.
1 ‘I’ve been listening to a great new album all
2 Explain what the underlined words week!’ said May.
in the article refer to. 2 We were playing for three hours. I finally won
1 Unfortunately, that wasn’t the end of the the match.
destruction. (paragraph a) 3 ‘My brother hasn’t been feeling well recently,’
2 This was the plan in the case of an said Amaya.
emergency. (paragraph b) 4 We were really enjoying ourselves. Then it
3 Farming in the area has been seriously started to rain!
affected. (paragraph c) 5 ‘I’ve been avoiding you all day!’ Hassan said to
4 When a disaster like this Sunny.
happens (paragraph d) 6 Dewi was trying to solve the problem for hours.
5 It was more interested in helping the In the end, she didn’t find a solution.
nuclear power industry (paragraph d)
6 plans to close all nuclear reactors 6 Write complete sentences by matching
in the country (paragraph e) the first part (1 – 6) to the second part
(a – f). Use the past perfect continuous
Language focus 1 (p. 84) and the past simple once in each
sentence.
Present perfect continuous
1 Nur’s eyes / a Vijay / arrive
3 Four of the sentences contain mistakes. be red because b because they /
Find and correct them. 2 They / talk for an not play well
hour before c she / stand
1 I’m living in Singapore for ten years. 3 How long all day
2 Has Anuar been doing all the homework you / play the d because
for today? piano he / jog
3 My dad’s been travelling a lot recently. 4 Sara / want to sit e she / cry
4 I haven’t been buying the tickets yesterday. down because f before you /
5 My brother’s been having the same mobile 5 The coach / become really
phone for three years. not be happy with good?
6 Have you been listening to me for the last the team
five minutes? 6 Kevin / be tired
130

Finished? Unit 8
4 My dad won’t retire until after he’s 65.

Reading (pp. 92 – 93)
5 I won’t start a family before I get a good job.
1 Read the article again. Answer 5 Complete the sentences with the
the questions. Give reasons for adverbs and verbs in the box. Use the
your answers. future perfect.
1 Which of the special events lasts less than definitely / end probably / not receive
a day? probably / not walk definitely / do
2 In which of the special events is it very definitely / return definitely / save
important that the young person does
something? 1 I $50 by the end of this year.
3 In which of the special events is tradition 2 We back to the bottom of the
adapting to modern times? mountain by lunch.
4 In which of the special events is the young 3 I Nancy’s bike to her by this
person’s mother present? evening.
5 Which of the events are done at a 4 Karim your parcel by tomorrow.
specific age? 5 Gan and Virat their part of the
project by this weekend.
2 Complete the table. Write the noun form 6 The match in a couple of hours.
of the verbs from the report.
Verb Noun Language focus 2 (p. 96)

celebrate 1
practise 2
Future perfect passive
attend 3 6 Write sentences and questions in the
present 4 future perfect or future perfect passive.
Write positive (+) or negative (–) short
answers where indicated.
enjoy 5
congratulate 6 1 all the food / prepare / in time? (+)
2 the pupils / not give / their exam grades before
3 Complete the sentences with the nouns this weekend
from exercise 2. 3 we / not seen / everything we wanted by the
1 You gave a very good in class end of the holiday.
yesterday. 4 the price of everything / cut / by the end of the
2 on passing your exams! sales
3 at PE classes is compulsory. 5 Jack / cycle / to London by this evening? (–)
4 There’s going to be a big 6 the new hospital / build / by the end of
because our team has won. this year
5 Everyone ate the cake with great
. 7 Complete the sentences with the verbs
6 You’ll never get good at the piano without in the box. Use the active or passive
hours of . form of the future perfect.
stop discover equip

make replace not eat
Future perfect
1 The cat all his food by the end
4 Rewrite the sentences with the future of today.
perfect and by the time that. 2 all classrooms
We’ll get to the theatre at 8.30 pm. The play with computers in ten years’ time?
starts at 9 pm. 3 I think boxing illegal by the end
The play won’t have started by the of this century.
time that we get to the theatre. 4 people reading
1 The plane lands at 12 pm. I’ll finish this book books in 50 years?
before then. 5 I hope they a cure for cancer
2 John’s alarm will ring at 7 am. He’ll be awake before many more people suffer from it.
before then. 6 taxi drivers by
3 I’ll get married only after I graduate. driverless cars 100 years from now?
131

Finished? Unit 9
5 play / Ali / like / them / whether / wanted / to /

boys / cricket / with / would / asked / he / to / the
1 Find words or expressions in the article 6 asked / spent / parents / spend / whether /
my / me / had / money / my / I / all
with the following meanings.
1 connections (paragraph a) 5 Tick (✓) two sentences that are correct.
2 etc (paragraph b) Then correct the four sentences that
3 real (paragraph b) contain mistakes.
4 aspect (paragraph c)
5 quick to notice things and react to them 1 He asked me was I going to lunch.
(paragraph c) 2 They asked to Faisa if she would go
6 not simple (paragraph e) with them.
3 Melvin asked Kevin did you like the film.
2 Complete the sentences with your
answers from exercise 1. 4 Ain asked me if I could look after her cat.
1 This is a question and it’s not easy 5 I asked Ismail were his parents born
to answer. in the same town.
2 What do you think is the most important 6 Yujin’s parents asked her if Mr Wang
in being happy? was her favourite teacher.
3 I like eating lots of kinds of fruit: mangos,
bananas, papaya, .
4 You need to be if you work Language focus 2 (p. 108)
as a police officer.
5 Teachers prefer to teach students who have Reported speech: Wh- questions
a interest in their subject.
6 People who feel lonely would like to have 6 Complete the reported questions with
stronger with others. the correct verbs. Indicate when both
verbs are possible.
3 What do the underlined words in the
1 Sarawut asked Aom where she was going /
article refer to? had been the following weekend.
1 That’s why the happiest people are ... 2 Faisal asked his parents why they were /
(paragraph a) had been angry with him the day before.
2 This is because how we say something is ... 3 I asked Ren why he would like / have liked
(paragraph b) to be the captain of the team.
3 This explains why there are ... 4 Lin asked me who I was going to
(paragraph b) meet / meeting in the evening.
4 ... it will immediately make you feel ... 5 They asked Tanawat where he bought /
(paragraph c) had bought his skateboard.
5 do we give them our full attention ...? 6 Angga asked us how we were preparing /
(paragraph d) had prepared for the 10 km run the
week before.
7 Rewrite the sentences in direct speech.
Reported speech: Yes/No Linh asked Nguyen how she was feeling.
questions Linh asked Nguyen, ‘How are you feeling?’
4 Put the words in the correct order to 1 I asked Zhou where he had left his coat.
form questions in reported speech. 2 Anis asked her parents if she could go
There is one extra word per sentence. shopping with Nur.
3 Tahir asked me if I’d ever eaten seafood.
1 ill / was / me / said / he / feeling / 4 Rawan asked her friends what they would
I / asked / if do when they finished school.
2 crying / she / was / Molly / been / 5 I asked Mehmet why he was wearing
whether / asked / whether / they / had his school uniform at the weekend.
3 will / me / would / Dan / for / he / 6 We asked Farah if she would come with us.
asked / pay / if / I 7 Adib asked me whether I’d be angry with
4 to / if / phoned / John / evening / asked / myself if I had lost my mobile phone.
going / Sarah / that / was / phone / he 8 Imama asked Alina how long she’d been
waiting for her.
132

Finished? Unit 10
5 We might not have taken the right road.

a I know that we’re on the wrong road.
1 Complete each sentence with one b I’m not sure if we’re on the right road.
word which fits what happened in the 6 You can’t have left your keys at home.
mysteries. The word should match the a I’m sure your keys aren’t at home.
information in the text. b Your keys are probably not at home.
1 The country to the Dei Gratia was
Portugal. 4 Complete the sentences. Use modal verbs
2 They didn’t find on the Mary Celeste. and the correct form of the verbs in
3 The crew of the Mary Celeste probably didn’t
leave it . brackets.
4 If you look at the Nazca Desert from the air, 1 It (rain) tomorrow – who knows?
you’ll see something that’s . 2 You (be) very relieved when you found
5 The drawings can only be properly your expensive ring under your bed.
from high up. 3 Dan (be) Josh’s brother – they look
6 Von Daniken’s of the lines is the totally different!
desert was totally false. 4 You (have) those shoes for a long
7 The smoke and flames under the car time – I’ve never seen them before.
were a ____. 5 Your parents (feel) very proud that
8 The police never found the ____. your sister is going to be a doctor!
6 This jacket (cost) much, so perhaps
2 Find words or expressions in the text I’ll be able to buy it.
with the following defintions. 7 I (meet) your sister before, but I can’t
1 a fight (paragraph 1) really remember.
2 kept (paragraph 1) 8 You (enjoy) riding your bike in the rain.
3 a very popular book that many people buy You’re soaked!
(paragraph 2)
4 said that something was true, without proving Language focus 2 (p. 118)
it (paragraph 2)
5 workers in a company (paragraph 3) Indirect questions
6 done (paragraph 3)
5 Look at the indirect questions. Write the
direct questions.
Can you tell me when the film starts?
Past modals When does the film start?
3 Tick (✓) the description which best 1 I don’t know if my brother would like those jeans.
describes each sentence. 2 Could you tell me where you went last night?
3 I wonder if I’ll pass the exam.
1 Ali might have played cricket yesterday. 4 I’d like to know why you’re all laughing at me!
a It’s possible that Ali played cricket 5 I’m curious about why you’ve decided to wear
yesterday. that hat!
b Ali probably played cricket yesterday. 6 Do you think a lot of people are going to watch
2 Sarah can’t have finished her homework yet. the match tonight?
a I don’t think Sarah’s finished her
homework yet. 6 Rewrite the questions as indirect
b I’m sure Sarah is still doing her questions or in reported speech.
homework.
1 ‘Do you all like my shirt?’
3 You must have been sad when you lost Could you tell me …
the match. 2 ‘What’s the time?
a I imagine that you were sad after Aidan asked me …
losing the match. 3 ‘What would you like to do?’
b When you lost the match, you Kim asked me …
might not have been happy. 4 ‘Is your brother using his new tablet much?’
4 You might have found a bargain if you’d gone Can you tell me …
to the sales earlier. 5 ‘Have your parents ever travelled abroad?
a You need to get up early to find a John asked me …
good bargain in the sales. 6 ‘Why are you going to learn to play the guitar?’
b If you’d gone to the sales earlier, Can you tell me …
perhaps you’d have found a good
bargain.
133

134

Extended reading 1 Suspense fiction
THE
WOMAN
IN WHITE
by Wilkie Collins
The Woman in White, written in 1859, was one of the first mystery novels.
The author, Wilkie Collins, was a close friend of Charles Dickens.
The story is told from different points of view and the plot is very exciting. People are not
always what they seem and the central question is: what is really happening?
This extract is one of the most famous scenes in 19th century literature.
It comes at the beginning of the novel.
Walter Hartright, an art teacher, is walking home at night, thinking about a new job.
Suddenly, a mysterious sight disturbs him.
135
(E)ESL_SB3_Extended_Reading_1.indd 135 16/10/18 10:20 am

I was at the point where four roads met.
I turned towards London, along the lonely
main road. Suddenly, my blood froze.
I felt a hand placed lightly on my shoulder
from behind. I turned round instantly.
‘I suspect nothing,’ I said, ‘I only wish to help
you. I only wondered how you had appeared
in the road so unexpectedly.’
She turned, and pointed to a gap in a hedge.

‘I heard you coming,’ she said. ‘So I hid there
There, on the broad, bright road, stood the figure to see what sort of man you were. Then I had
of a Woman, dressed completely in white. to follow you, and tap your shoulder.’
I was shocked – how had she appeared from
nowhere in the middle of the night, in this lonely ‘Follow me and tap my shoulder?’ I thought.
place? The strange woman spoke: ‘Is this the road Why hadn’t she called to me? It was all extremely
to London?’ strange.
I looked closely at her. It was one o’clock in the ‘Can I trust you?’ she asked. ‘You don’t think badly
morning and all I could see in the moonlight of me because of my accident?’ She stopped,
was a pale, young face, thin around the cheeks passed her bag from one hand to the other and
and chin. There were large, serious eyes; gave a bitter sigh.
nervous, uncertain lips; and light, pale-brown hair.
There was nothing wild in her manner. She was I felt sorry for the lonely, helpless woman.
quiet and in control of herself. She spoke rapidly My desire to help her was stronger than my caution.
but her voice was strangely still and mechanical.
‘You can trust me,’ I said. ‘Tell me how I can help
She held a small bag in her hand. All her you – if I can, I will.’
clothes were white, although not, I thought,
made of very delicate or expensive materials. Her ‘You are very kind. I am very, very grateful.’
figure was slim and she was above average height.
Her movements were modest. What sort of Her voice began to tremble, but no tears shone
woman was she? Why was she alone on the road, in the large, sad eyes. ‘I have only been in London
an hour after midnight? I had absolutely no idea. once,’ she went on, more and more rapidly.
‘Can I get a carriage at this time? Or is it too late?
‘Did you hear me?’ she said, quietly and rapidly. I don’t know. Could you show me where to get
‘I asked if this was the way to London.’ a carriage? But please promise not to interfere
with me. And let me leave you, when and how
‘Yes it is,’ I replied. ‘Excuse my slowness. I was I wish – I have a friend in London who will
surprised by your sudden appearance in the road.’ be glad to take me in – I want nothing else.
Will you promise?’
‘You don’t suspect that I’ve done anything wrong,
do you? I have done nothing wrong. I have had She looked anxiously up and down the road,
an accident – I am very unfortunate in being here passing her bag again from one hand to the other.
alone so late. Why do you suspect me?’ She repeated, ‘Will you promise?’ and looked
in my face, begging, afraid.
After saying this, she took a step back. I tried to
reassure her. What could I do? Here was a poor stranger,
a woman, relying completely on me. No house was
near. No one was passing who could advise me.
136
(E)ESL_SB3_Extended_Reading_1.indd 136 27/9/18 2:36 pm

I had no power over her. As I write this now, I feel The woman broke the silence. ‘I want to ask you,’
uneasy when I reflect on what happened later. But she said suddenly. ‘Do you know many people in
what could I have done? London?’
I needed some time to think, so I asked her, ‘Yes, very many.’

‘Are you sure that your friend in London will want
to see you at such a late time?’ ‘Many important people?’
‘Quite sure. But promise that you will let me leave I hesitated. ‘Some,’ I said.
you, when and how I wish. Please don’t interfere.
Will you promise?’ She looked me in the face – ‘Many men
who are lords?’
As she asked this for a third time, she gently put
her hand on my chest. It was a thin hand – cold, Astonished, I said, ‘Why do you ask?’
even on that warm night.
‘Because I hope there is one lord you don’t know.’
‘Will you promise?’
‘Will you tell me his name?’
‘Yes.’
‘I can’t – I dare not – I lose control when
One simple, common word! But I’m trembling I mention it.’ She spoke loudly, raising her fist
now as I write it! in the air, and shaking it passionately. Then she
calmed down and whispered, ‘Tell me which lords
We turned towards London, and walked in the you know.’
first hour of the new day. The woman’s name,
her character, her story, even her presence by my I mentioned three names. ‘Good! You don’t
side, were a mystery to me. It was like a dream. know him,’ she said, with a sigh of relief.
Was this the same familiar road? Was I, only one ‘Are you a very important person?’
hour ago, in my mother’s quiet cottage? I was
amazed; I also had a vague sense that I was doing ‘Not at all. I just teach drawing.’
something wrong.
When I said this, she suddenly took my arm.
‘Not a lord,’ she repeated to herself. ‘I can

trust him!’
I could no longer hide my curiosity. I said,

‘I have the impression that one lord in particular has
done something dreadful to you. Is he the reason
why you are out here at this strange time of night?’
‘Don’t ask me; don’t make me talk of it,’ she

answered. ‘I’m in a terrible situation now. I have
been treated very badly. Please just walk and don’t
speak. I need to calm down, if I can.’
137

We walked quickly. For half an hour, we didn’t carriages? I am tired and frightened. I want
say a word. As we reached the first houses, to get into a carriage and be driven safely
her features relaxed and she spoke again. to my destination.’
‘Do you live in London?’ she said. A short while later, I saw a carriage stop
at a house. A gentleman got out. I called the
‘Yes,’ I said. ‘But tomorrow I am going carriage. Walking to it, the woman became
to the country.’ so impatient that she almost forced me to run.
‘Where?’ she asked. ‘It’s so late,’ she said, ‘I am only in a hurry because
it’s so late.’ She rushed into the cab.
‘North – to Cumberland.’
When she was sitting inside, I begged her
‘Cumberland!’ she repeated the word, softly. to let me accompany her to her destination.
‘Oh! I would like to go there, too. I was happy
in Cumberland!’ ‘No, no, no,’ she insisted. ‘I’m quite safe now.
If you are a gentleman, remember your promise.
I tried again to find out who this poor woman was. Thank you – Oh! Thank you, thank you!’
‘Perhaps you were born,’ I said, ‘in that beautiful My hand was on the carriage door. She seized
part of England.’ it, shook it vigorously, and then pushed it away.
At that moment, the carriage started to move
‘No,’ she answered. ‘I was not; but I went away. I went into the middle of the road, with a
to school briefly in Cumberland. I was in vague idea of stopping it. I hardly knew why. I
Limmeridge village and I stayed at Limmeridge called, but not loudly enough – the driver did not
House. I would very much like to go there again.’ hear. The sound of the wheels grew fainter – and
the carriage disappeared in the black shadows on
I stopped immediately when I heard these words. the road. The woman in white was gone.
I had known Mrs Fairlie, the previous owner
of Limmeridge House!
When she saw that I had stopped, she asked,

afraid, ‘Did you hear anybody calling us?’
and she looked up and down the road.
‘No, no. It was only the name Limmeridge House.

Mrs Fairlie was the old owner. I don’t know who
lives there now.’
She seemed ready to say more; but just then

we reached the gate to the city of London.
Her hand tightened round my arm, and she
looked anxiously at the gate. ‘Is the man
at the gate looking at us?’ she asked.
He was not; no one else was nearby when

we passed through the gate. She seemed to
hurry when she saw the gas-lamps and houses.
‘This is London,’ she said. ‘Do you see any
138

Extended reading 2 A short story
THE IDES
OF
MARCH by EW Hornung
EW Hornung (1866 –1921) was a British author of a series of short stories about the character
of AJ Raffles, an upper class thief and famous cricket player in late 19th century London.
Hornung was inspired by the characters Sherlock Holmes and Dr Watson, created by Hornung’s
brother-in-law Arthur Conan-Doyle, to create Raffles and his partner in crime, Bunny.
The Ides of March is the first Raffles story. Late one evening, Bunny meets Raffles after losing lots
of money. Raffles promises to help and takes him to a flat that he says belongs to a friend who can
lend him some money. Despite Bunny’s concerns, Raffles insists on going.
139
(E)ESL_SB3_Extended_Reading_2.indd 139 16/10/18 10:20 am

P iccadilly was full of white fog,
the street-lamps blurred, and the roads
covered with a thin coating of sticky
mud. We met no one else on the empty roads
and received a hard stare from a police officer,
‘It may be my friend himself,’ he whispered.
‘He’s a real night bird. Not a sound, Bunny!
We’ll frighten the life out of him. Ah!’
who, however, acknowledged Raffles on The footsteps passed without a pause. Raffles took
recognising him. a deep breath, and his grip of me slowly relaxed.
‘You see, I’m known to the police,’ laughed Raffles

as we passed on. ‘They’ve got to keep their weather
eye open on a night like this! A fog may be boring
to you and me, Bunny, but it’s perfect for
the criminal classes, especially so late in their season.
Here we are, though – and I won’t be surprised
if my friend isn’t in bed and asleep after all!’
We had turned into Bond Street, and had stopped

on the pavement a few yards down on the right.
Raffles was gazing up at some windows across the
road, windows barely visible through the mist, and ‘But still, not a sound,’ he whispered; ‘take off
without any light to show them up. They were over your shoes and follow me.’
a jeweller’s shop, as I could see by the hole in the
shop door, and the bright light burning inside. But Well, you may wonder why I was doing this, but you
the entire ‘upper part,’ with the private street-door have never met AJ Raffles. It was impossible not
next to the shop, was as dark as the sky itself. to follow one who led with such energy. You might
question him, but you followed first. So now,
‘Better give it up for tonight,’ I urged. ‘Surely the when I heard him kick off his own shoes, I did the
morning will be better!’ same, and was on the stairs behind him before
I realised what an extraordinary way was
‘Not at all,’ said Raffles. ‘I have his key. this of approaching a stranger for money in the
We’ll surprise him. Come along.’ middle of the night. But obviously Raffles and he
were very close friends, and all I thought was that
And seizing my right arm, he hurriedly took me they were in the habit of playing practical jokes
across the road, opened the door with his key, upon each other.
and in another moment had shut it quickly but softly
behind us. We stood together in the dark. Outside, We felt our way so slowly upstairs that I had time
we could hear footsteps; we had heard them through to make more than one note before we reached
the fog as we crossed the street; now, as it drew the top. The stair was uncarpeted. The fingers
nearer, my companion’s fingers tightened on my arm.
140

of my right hand touched nothing on the damp ‘No one but ourselves.’
wall; those of my left felt the dust on the banisters.
I’d felt a strange sensation since we entered ‘So it was a lie about your friend in Bond Street,
the house. It increased with every step we climbed. who could let us have that money?’
Who were we going to wake up in his room?
‘Not altogether. It’s quite true that Danby
We came to the top of the stairs. Suddenly a is a friend of mine.’
match was lit from the black. I never heard
it struck. Its flash was blinding. When my eyes ‘Danby?’
got used to the light, there was Raffles holding up
the match with one hand and shading it with the ‘The jeweller underneath.’
other, between bare floorboards, stripped walls,
and the open doors of empty rooms. ‘What do you mean?’ I whispered, shaking like
a leaf as I began to understand what he was
‘Where have you brought me?’ I cried. talking about. ‘Are we to get the money from
‘There’s no one in the house!’ the jeweller?’
‘Hush! Wait!’ he whispered, and he led the way ‘Well, not exactly.’
into one of the empty rooms. His match went out
as we entered the room, and he struck another ‘What, then?’
without the slightest noise. Then he stood with
his back to me, touching something that I could ‘From his shop.’
not see. But, when he threw the second match
away, there was some other light in its place, There was no need for another question.
and a slight smell of oil. I stepped forward to look I understood everything but my own stupidity.
over his shoulder, but before I could do so he had He had given me so many clues, and I had taken
turned and flashed a tiny oil lamp in my face. none. And there I stood staring at him, in that
empty room; and there he stood with his oil lamp,
‘What’s this?’ I gasped. ‘What terrible trick laughing at me.
are you going to play?’
‘A burglar!’ I gasped. ‘You – you!’
‘It’s played,’ he answered, with his quiet laugh.
‘I told you I lived by my own cleverness.’
‘On me?’
‘Why couldn’t you tell me what you were going
‘I am afraid so, Bunny.’ to do? Why couldn’t you trust me? Why did you
have to lie?’ I demanded, getting angry and scared.
‘Is there no one in the house, then?’
‘I wanted to tell you,’ said he. ‘I was on the point
of telling you more than once.
141

You may remember how I asked you about crime, ‘That was our one chance,’ said he. ‘A back
though you have probably forgotten what you window above a back window; but it’s too dark
said yourself. I didn’t think you meant it at the to see anything, and we mustn’t show an outside
time, but I thought I’d put you to the test. light. Come down after me to the basement; and
Now I see you didn’t, and I don’t blame you. remember, though there’s no one on the premises,
I only am to blame. Get out of it, my dear boy, you can’t make too little noise. There – there –
as quick as you can; leave it to me. You won’t give listen to that!’
me away, whatever else you do!’
It was the footsteps that we had heard before
Oh, his cleverness! If he threatened me or forced on the pavement outside. Raffles darkened his
me to go along with him, it might have been lantern, and again we stood still until it had passed.
very different. But he set me free to leave him
right there. He would not blame me. He did not ‘Either a policeman,’ he muttered, ‘or a watchman
even make me promise secrecy; he trusted me. that all these jewellers run between them. The
He knew my weakness and my strength, and was watchman’s the man for us to watch; he’s simply
playing on both with his master’s touch. paid to spot this kind of thing.’
‘Not so fast,’ said I. ‘Did I put this into your head, We walked quietly and slowly down the stairs,
or were you going to do it in any case?’ which creaked a bit in spite of us, and we picked
up our shoes in the passage; then went down some
‘Not in any case,’ said Raffles. ‘It’s true I’ve had narrow stone steps, at the foot of which Raffles
the key for days, but when I won tonight I showed his light, and put on his shoes once more,
thought of throwing it away; for, as a matter bidding me to do the same in a rather louder tone
of fact, it’s not a one-man job.’ than he had permitted himself to employ overhead.
‘That settles it. I’m your man.’ We were now considerably below the level
of the street, in a small space with as many
‘You mean it?’ doors as it had sides. Three were slightly open,
and we saw through them into empty cellars;
‘Yes – for tonight.’ but in the fourth a key was turned and a bolt
drawn; and this one presently let us out into the
‘Good old Bunny,’ he murmured, holding the bottom of a deep, square yard. A similar door
lamp for one moment to my face; the next he was faced it across this area, and Raffles had the
explaining his plans, and I was nodding, as though lantern close against it, and was hiding the light
we had been fellow thieves all our days. with his body, when a short and sudden crash
made my heart stand still. Next moment I saw
‘I know the shop,’ he whispered, ‘because I’ve got a the door wide open, and Raffles standing inside
few things there. I know this upper part too; and beckoning me.
it’s been available to rent for a month, and I arranged
to view it, and took a cast of the key before using
it. The one thing I don’t know is how to make a
connection between the two; at present there’s
none. We may make it up here, though I prefer the
basement myself. If you wait a minute I’ll tell you.’
He put his lamp on the floor, walked slowly to a

back window and opened it with hardly a sound,
only to return, shaking his head, after shutting the
window with the same care.
142

SB3 - INTL - p1
Acknowledgements
The publisher would like to acknowledge the following who have kindly given permission for the use of copyright materials:
Starter ID 51715671 © Ian Allenden/Dreamstime.com; p.9 ID 16681137 © Leremy/Dreamstime.com, ID 25183004 © Tribalium/Dreamstime.com, ID

113310211 © Mindscanner/Dreamstime.com, ID 6516890 © Brunoil/Dreamstime.com, ‘Welcome’ sign © Wavebreak Media Ltd/123rf.com; p.10 ID
18580381 © Jjspring/Dreamstime.com, ID 24620870 © Szefei/Dreamstime.com, ID 82335213 © Nataliia Prokofyeva/Dreamstime.com, ID 24412876 ©
Okea/Dreamstime.com, ID 111385381 © Sylvain Robin/Dreamstime.com, ID 15598494 © William Casey/Dreamstime.com, ID 33380533 © Pressmaster/
Dreamstime.com; p.11 ID 107298009 © Nickylarson974/Dreamstime.com; p.13 ID 49975324 © Dario Lo Presti/Dreamstime.com, ID 116491041 ©
Alexander Shalamov/Dreamstime.com. Unit 1 p.14 Film reel © Yuriy Kirsanov/123rf.com, ID 31539976 © Tom Wang/Dreamstime.com; p.15 ID 60060086
© Iuliia Kvasha/Dreamstime.com; p.14 Extended family © Image Source/iStock, ID 14424566 © Arnd Rockser/Dreamstime.com; p.16 Sky background ©
Igor Goncharenko/123rf.com, Forbidden City © zhaojiankang/iStock; p.17 Emperor Hongwu by Data Providing © National Palace Museum (Forbidden City
Paintings and Calls (Vol. 7), Book 4, Page 32–33/In - painting - 000 311 - 00000), Ming soldiers by Data Providing © National Palace Museum (Painting
Animation: Departure Herald and Return Clearing), Forbidden City © zhaojiankang/iStock, Ming porcelain © Hallwyl Museum/Jens Mohr/CC BY-SA; p.19
Muslim family © Zurijeta/Shutter Stock, ID 73015548 © Jbrown777/Dreamstime.com, Asian family © PaylessImages/123rf.com; p.20 Painting by The Yorck
Project (2002) 10.000 Meisterwerke der Malerei (DVD-ROM), distributed by DIRECTMEDIA Publishing GmbH. ISBN: 3936122202; p.21 ID 53703545 ©
Goodluz/Dreamstime.com, ID 31570293 © Wong Sze Yuen/Dreamstime.com; p.22 Bart Simpson © Olga Popova/123rf.com, ID 76546453 © Starstock/
Dreamstime.com, ID 26359203 © Carrienelson1/Dreamstime.com, ID 78448141 © Starstock/Dreamstime.com, Michelle Yeoh © Kathy Hutchins/Shutter
Stock; p.23 Asian family © kate_sept2004/iStock. Unit 2 p.24 Headphones © ProstoSvet/Shutter Stock, ID 95537278 © Jennifer Barrow/Dreamstime.com,
p.25 International school students © kali9/iStock, ID 86098240 © Liquoricelegs/Dreamstime.com, ID 91892396 © Tom Wang/Dreamstime.com; p.26 Sky
background © Igor Goncharenko/123rf.com, ID 102602382 © Jarenwicklund/Dreamstime.com, ID 109407445 © Volodymyr Melnyk/Dreamstime.com; p.27
Book cover for Lucy and Linh © Penguin Random House LLC, Asian girl © piyagoon panyo/123rf.com, Alice Pung by Anggara Mahendra, (CC BY 2.0 [https://
creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/deed.en]), from Wikimedia Commons; p.28 Girl with question mark © yavyav/Shutter Stock, ID 30961486 ©
Dragonimages/Dreamstime.com, ID 16385013 © Leung Cho Pan/Dreamstime.com, ID 30847440 © Monkey Business Images/Dreamstime.com, ID
47545649 © Sharlotta Ulrikh/Dreamstime.com, ID 60818012 © Chupacabra47/Dreamstime.com, ID 65976178 © Seanlockephotography/Dreamstime.com;
p.29 Playing soccer © Monkey Business Images/Shutter Stock, Band members © Image Source/iStock, ID 54981048 © Monkey Business Images/Dreams-
time.com, ID 45364748 © Rawpixelimages/Dreamstime.com; p.31 ID 60272016 © Arne9001/Dreamstime.com, ID 72280548 © Dksamco/Dreamstime.
com; p.32 ID 92867931 © Andrei Krauchuk/Dreamstime.com, ID 70785624 © Rawpixelimages/Dreamstime.com, Teacher & students in a library ©
Rawpixel.com/Shutter Stock; p.33 Graduation © Asianet-Pakistan/Shutter Stock. Unit 3 p.36 Film reel © Yuriy Kirsanov/123rf.com; p.37 Background wall ©
stillfx/123rf.com, ID 45220611 © Katarzyna Bialasiewicz/Dreamstime.com, ID 34556244 © Ammentorp/Dreamstime.com, ID 96045741 © Yantimir
Mingazitdinov/Dreamstime.com, ID 37100375 © Katarzyna Bialasiewicz/Dreamstime.com, ID 76918512 © Steve Jolicoeur/Dreamstime.com; p.38 ID
14074560 © Moori/Dreamstime.com; p.39 Angry teens © Monkey Business Images/Shutter Stock; p.40 ID 53950510 © Syda Productions/Dreamstime.com,
ID 106374141 © Silverblack/Dreamstime.com, ID 51171639 © Kiko Jiménez/Dreamstime.com, ID 65967670 © Tom Wang/Dreamstime.com, ID 58311254
© Hongqi Zhang (aka Michael Zhang)/Dreamstime.com; p.41 ID 38168943 © Petr Necas/Dreamstime.com, ID 78482054 © Nomadsoul1/Dreamstime.com,
Hacker © REDPIXEL.PL/Shutter Stock; p.42 ID 103513896 © Dragonimages/Dreamstime.com; p.43 Securitas robber dressed like policeman & accomplices ©
UPPA/Photoshot/Newscom, Securitas robbery © UPPA/Photoshot/Newscom; p.44 ID 6250731 © Flynt/Dreamstime.com; p.45 Teens rounded up by the
police by Wing1990hk (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html] or CC BY-SA 3.0 [https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia
Commons. Unit 4 p.46 Headphones © ProstoSvet/Shutter Stock, ID 109446714 © Burin Suporntawesuk/Dreamstime.com; p.47 ID 40829686 © Vlad
Teodor/Dreamstime.com, ID 50963912 © Anna Om/Dreamstime.com, ID 85329315 © Innovatedcaptures/Dreamstime.com, Car chase poster background ©
iscatel/123rf.com, Car chase © Digital Storm/Shutter Stock, News anchor © Buncha Lim/Shutter Stock, Singer © Roman Voloshyn/Shutter Stock, ID
65252199 © Esra Keskin Senay/Dreamstime.com; p.48 Family watching TV © Andrey_Popov/Shutter Stock; p.49 ID 91630489 © Paulus Rusyanto/
Dreamstime.com; p.50 ID 74258170 © Zsv3207/Dreamstime.com, Stadium in red by Caseyh (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html] or CC BY-SA 3.0
[https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia Commons, ID 56308388 © Ginton/Dreamstime.com, ID 111498883 © Cineberg Ug/
Dreamstime.com, ID 53427289 houses © Amoklv/Dreamstime.com; p.51 ID 25967492 © Americanspirit/Dreamstime.com; p.52 Film strip border ©
wawritto/Shutterstock.com, Policewoman © Dmitri Ma/Shutter Stock; p.53 Couple at a cafe © khunaspix/123rf.com, ID 87295927 © Sdecoret/Dreamstime.
com, ID 113488927 © Juan José Napuri Guevara/Dreamstime.com; p.55 Students in class looking at projector © dolgachov/123rf.com, City scene with
person in red © SimpleB/Shutterstock.com. Self-Check B p.56 ID 25469638 © Furtaev/Dreamstime.com, ID 112708851 © Samotrebizan/Dreamstime.com,
ID 61086896 © Leung Cho Pan/Dreamstime.com, Muslim girl © Zurijeta/Shutterstock.com, ID 23040061 © Pressmaster/Dreamstime.com. Unit 5 p.58 Film
reel © Yuriy Kirsanov/123rf.com, ID 99907983 © Burhanayphotography/Dreamstime.com; p.59 Lahore suburbs © Imran’s Photography/Shutter Stock, ID
31285426 © Smandy/Dreamstime.com, ID 95343733 © Burhanayphotography/Dreamstime.com; p.60 Copenhagen aerial view © Gestur Gislason/Shutter
Stock; p.61 ID 31361958 © Jaroslav Moravcik/Dreamstime.com, ID 30388990 © Scanrail/Dreamstime.com, ID 107621561 © Wibaimages/Dreamstime.com;
p.62 ID 78116729 © Luvvstudio/Dreamstime.com, p.63 ID 101847977 © Rawpixelimages/Dreamstime.com, Large group of diverse race and age ©
FatCamera/iStock, Caucasian family © DGLimages/iStock, ID 76925302 © Dragonimages/Dreamstime.com; p.65 ID 116865060 © Fabrizio Robba/
Dreamstime.com, ID 35113189 © Boscorelli/Dreamstime.com, ID 96490744 © .shock/Dreamstime.com, City background © jiteko/Shutter Stock; p.66 ID
36367915 © Belahoche/Dreamstime.com, Neighbors in front of house © kali9/iStock; p.67 ID 77110740 © Chalermphon Kumchai/Dreamstime.com, ID
80808011 © Shahid Khan/Dreamstime.com. Unit 6 p.68 Headphones © ProstoSvet/Shutter Stock, ID 104474442 © David Izquierdo/Dreamstime.com; p.69
ID 550320 © Winterling/Dreamstime.com, ID 15548997 © Keng Po Leung/Dreamstime.com, ID 122001647 © Genrix20061/Dreamstime.com; p.70 Sky
background © Igor Goncharenko/123rf.com, ID 88492102 © Dmytro Zinkevych/Dreamstime.com; p.72 ID 71018096 © Tom Wang/Dreamstime.com; p.74 ID
66895524 © Jordan Tan/Dreamstime.com; p.75 Smell-O-Matic © Hulton Archive/Stringer/Getty Images, Austrian Franz Reichelt with opened parachute
before his deadly jump of the Eiffeltower in Paris France, 1912 © Spaarnestad Photo/Bridgeman Images; p.76 ID 65144362 © Fabio Formaggio/Dreams-
143
(E)EngAhead_SB3_Ack_Int.indd 143 12/12/18 9:36 AM

SB3 - INTL - p2
time.com; p.77 Smart home concept © Gestur Gislason/Shutter Stock. Unit 7 p.80 Film reel © Yuriy Kirsanov/123rf.com, ID 79064541 © Elantsev/
Dreamstime.com, ID 78153129 © Roman Lysogor/Dreamstime.com, ID 25125413 © Pablo Hidalgo/Dreamstime.com, Cyclone viewed from space © Sasa
Kadrijevic/Shutterstock.com; p.82 House destroyed by tsunami © Jayson Carr/Shutterstock.com; p.83 Buildings swept away during the Tohoku earthquake
and tsunami in 2011 © Kyodo Xinhua News Agency/Newscom, Satellite view of the Fukushima nuclear plant after the 2011 Tohoku earthquake and
tsunami © ABACA/Newscom; p.85 ID 54541188 © Thomas Dutour/Dreamstime.com, Chilean miners rescued from collapsed mine in 2010 © CHINE
NOUVELLE/SIPA/Newscom, Sandstorm © iStock.com/jeff1farmer; p.87 Tsunami warning sign by Elly Waterman (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.
html] or CC BY-SA 3.0 [https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia Commons, ID 33813289 © Ig0rzh/Dreamstime.com; p.88 ID
112605098 © Barrystevengreff/Dreamstime.com, ID 61378231 © Ammit/Dreamstime.com, Flood © AMFPhotography/Shutterstock.com; p.89 ID 27916268
© Steve Allen/Dreamstime.com, UK flood rescue © PhilMacDPhoto/Shutterstock.com. Unit 8 p.90 Headphones © ProstoSvet/Shutter Stock, Old lady driving
© photobac/123rf.com, Mechanic © Minerva Studio/Shutterstock.com, ID 54935451 © Nenitorx/Dreamstime.com; p.92 Confetti background © Nicole
Lienemann/Shutterstock.com; p.93 Inuit father & son © vitec/Shutterstock.com, Muslim girls learning the Koran © khairur rijal pauzi/Shutterstock.com,
Quinceanera © Orbon Alija/iStock; p.95 Website background © Shmul Victoria/Shutterstock.com, p.97 Mother & sons travel © ZouZou/Shutterstock.com, ID
109998033 © Famveldman/Dreamstime.com, Marathon by Prolineserver (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html] or CC BY-SA 3.0 [https://
creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia Commons, ID 103481066 © Scott Griessel/Dreamstime.com, ID 70958342 © Tanyushik/
Dreamstime.com, ID 70932616 © Waingro/Dreamstime.com; p.98 Start-up concept © convisum/123rf.com, ID 39593754 © Hongqi Zhang (aka Michael
Zhang)/Dreamstime.com, ID 114783493 © Psisaa/Dreamstime.com, ID 26367550 © Hongqi Zhang (aka Michael Zhang)/Dreamstime.com; p.99 Cricket ©
Rahul Ramachandram/Shutterstock.com. Self-Check D p.100 Young man © East/Shutterstock.com, Emergency response teams © Ben Carlson/Shutterstock.
com, ID 71524084 © Monkey Business Images/Dreamstime.com. Unit 9 p.102 Film reel © Yuriy Kirsanov/123rf.com; p.103 Happy sport fans © iStock.com/
Dmytro Aksonov, Disappointed sport fans © Oleksii Sidorov/Shutterstock.com; p.104 ID 92038630 © Rajan Singh/Dreamstime.com; p.105 Boy alone © Fran-
cisco Solipa/Shutterstock.com, ID 78425454 © Yael Weiss/Dreamstime.com, ID 81479197 © Yael Weiss/Dreamstime.com, ID 16999466 © Yael Weiss/
Dreamstime.com; p.106 Smartphone © JET90/Shutterstock.com, ID 71355712 © Manaemedia/Dreamstime.com; p.107 Hollywood sign by Thomas Wolf
(GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html] or CC BY-SA 3.0 [https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia Commons, ID
50421992 © Rawpixelimage/Dreamstime.com; p.108 ID 20225022 © Marek Uliasz/Dreamstime.com, Asian girls © Thiti Sukapan/Shutterstock.com; p.109
Friends hugging © RossHelen/Shutterstock.com, ID 24814976 © Szefei/Dreamstime.com, ID 53500349 © Odua/Dreamstime.com, Bowing © iStock.com/
tekinturkdogan, Kissing grandma © Ocskay Mark/Shutterstock.com, Thai greeting, wai © Silatip/Shutterstock.com; p.110 ID 58867850 © Barat Roland/
Dreamstime.com, ID 98047721 © Pixelrobot/Dreamstime.com, ID 65178167 © Evgeny Karandaev/Dreamstime.com, ID 56690605 © Sarawut Piyajan/
Dreamstime.com, ID 50681579 © Phanuwatn/Dreamstime.com; p.111 ID 62747508 © Designer491/Dreamstime.com. Unit 10 p.112 Headphones ©
ProstoSvet/Shutter Stock, Man © StevenK/Shutterstock.com, The Mona Lisa by Leonardo da Vinci [Public domain], via Wikimedia Commons, ID 18298804 ©
Franant/Dreamstime.com, ID 74382167 © Oleksandr Panchenko/Dreamstime.com, ID 96784071 © Allexxandar/Dreamstime.com; p.114 Maze © GLF
Media/Shutterstock.com; p.115 The Mary Celeste by Unconfirmed, possibly Honore Pellegrin (1800–c.1870). This speculative attribution is suggested in Paul
Begg: Mary Celeste: The Greatest Mystery of the Sea. Longmans Education Ltd, Harlow (UK) 2007. Plate 2 (Scanned from Slate magazine, December 6 2011)
[Public domain], via Wikimedia Commons; Nazca lines by Diego Delso (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html]) or (CC BY-SA 4.0 [https://creative-
commons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0]), from Wikimedia Commons; Suspect in 300 million yen robbery © Jiji Press/Newscom; p.116 ID 60717960 © Thelight-
writer/Dreamstime.com, ID 23708372 © Alexey Stiop/Dreamstime.com; p.117 The Oscars © Elena Ibragimova/123rf.com; p.118 Corpus Christi College By
Diliff [CC BY-SA 3.0 (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html] or CC BY-SA 3.0 [https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0]), from Wikimedia
Commons, ID 43292031 © Iakov Filimonov/Dreamstime.com; p.119 ID 97587143 © Vladischern/Dreamstime.com, ID 22569067 © Petar Vician/Dreams-
time.com, ID 43396000 © Esebene/Dreamstime.com, Man looking worried © damato/Shutterstock.com, Judge © everything possible/Shutterstock.com;
p.120 Worried man © Arts Illustrated Studios/Shutterstock.com, Woman about to throw shoe at thief © MILKXT2/Shutterstock.com, Fish on road © Moses
Antony/Shutterstock.com, ID 85130666 © Victor Koldunov/Dreamstime.com, ID 98798363 © Vadymvdrobot/Dreamstime.com, Shocked man © Damir
Khabirov/Shutterstock.com; p.121 Aviator sunglasses © Eivaisla/Shutterstock.com, Man with sunglasses and hat © Elaine Nadiv/Shutterstock.com.
Self-Check E p.122 ID 43910487 © Paul Wolf/Dreamstime.com; p.123 Boy © naluwan/Shutterstock.com, Girl writing © Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock.com.
Extended reading p.135 Wilkie Collins by Internet Archive Book Images [No restrictions], via Wikimedia Commons; p.136 London Bridge panorama ©
Dmitry Naumov/Shutterstock.com; p.138 Horse carriage © iStock.com/whitemay; p.139 EW Hornung By Elliott & Fry [Public domain], via Wikimedia
Commons, Book cover by E. W. Hornung, J. C. Leyendecker (GFDL [http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html]) or (CC BY-SA 4.0 [https://creativecommons.org/
licenses/by-sa/4.0]), from Wikimedia Commons; p.140 Fleet Street by James Valentine c.1890 [Public Domain], via Wikimedia Commons, River Thames ©
Claudiodivizia/Dreamstime.com; p.142 1900s London by Unknown photographer [Public domain], via Wikimedia Commons.
144
(E)EngAhead_SB3_Ack_Int.indd 144 12/12/18 9:36 AM

ENGLISH
ENGLISH International Lower Secondary has been carefully
crafted to challenge second language English learners. With integrated
video, audio and authentic texts, the series exposes students to a range
of communication techniques and encourages them to reason and think
critically.
With structured guidance in reading, listening, speaking and writing, the

series builds language skills in a measured, holistic way and encourages
students to read and write with purpose.
The student-centred activities encourage collaboration as well as build

International

students’ knowledge of the world around them.
Lower Secondary
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
STUDENT BOOK
ENGLISH ENGLISH ENGLISH
International International International

Lower Secondary
International Lower Secondary Workbook 3
Lower Secondary Lower Secondary
International Lower Secondary Teacher’s Guide 3

STUDENT BOOK WORKBOOK TEACHER’S GUIDE
Adrian Tennant
Jeremy Bowell
Philip Wood Adrian Tennant

About Marshall Cavendish Education
At Marshall Cavendish Education, we believe that high-quality educational content is vital for ensuring
effective teaching and learning. We strive to empower lives by transmitting knowledge, processes
and skills through providing unique educational solutions, and we have been doing so for more
than 60 years.
Our materials are research-based, and our authors are subject experts and experienced educators. Our
insistence on quality has enabled our materials to be approved by the Singapore Ministry of Education
since the 1980s. Over the years, our materials have also gained international recognition and are now
used in over 70 countries.
Headquartered in Singapore, we have offices in Thailand, Hong Kong, China, Chile, the United Kingdom
and the United States.
For more information, visit www.mceducation.com.

ISBN 978-981-48-2393-7
Jeremy Bowell
9 7 89 8 1 4 82 3 9 37
Philip Wood

English Ahead (International) Lower Sec Student Book 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

English Ahead (International) Lower Sec Student Book 3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

English Ahead (International) Lower Sec Student Book 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGLISH

ENGLISH International Lower Secondary has been carefully

The student-centred activities encourage collaboration as well as build

International Lower Secondary Student Book 3

Lower Secondary Lower Secondary

International Lower Secondary Teacher’s Guide 3

Jeremy Bowell • Philip Wood

For more information, visit www.mceducation.com.

(E)EngAhead_INT_SB3_Cvr.indd 2-4 6/12/18 6:27 PM

Published by Marshall Cavendish Education

First published 2019

All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system

Marshall Cavendish is a registered trademark of Times Publishing Limited.

(E)EngAhead_INT_SB3_Cvr.indd 5-7 6/12/18 6:27 PM

(E)EngAhead_INT_SB3_TP.indd 1 7/12/18 2:23 PM

Student Book sample pages:

I don’t usually go out

knowledge of English grammar.

Xinyi said that she

4 I didn’t go to school yesterday

Natalia explained that she

5 This has been the best

I really want to go to the beach

Speaking activities 7 Vocabulary 1 Extreme nature

on the unit opener

page introduce key Emergency!

theme of the unit

critically and bring

range of text types

their prior knowledge

and opinions about

(E)ESL_SB3_WalkThrough.indd 2 12/10/18 2:17 pm

Europe’s happiest capital

Finished? p. 128 Workbook pp. 38–39

Comprehension questions check A glossary accompanies each

We only use just and already in affirmative sentences. We use still

2 Before we arrived, my aunt had cooked /

tables for ease of

These are followed

Finished? p. 124 Workbook p. 8 Finished? p. 124 Workbook pp. 10–11

(E)ESL_SB3_WalkThrough.indd 3 12/10/18 2:17 pm

Vocabulary 2 Living together

Listening What are they watching?

students think and

speak before they listen.

They also develop

inferring and critical

Speaking My celebrity family

1 Look at the photos. Discuss the questions.

3 Listen again. Tick (✓) the phrases the students use.

It is often said that your school days are the Paragraph 1

Useful phrases from the

(E)ESL_SB3_WalkThrough.indd 4 12/10/18 2:17 pm

A self-check section for

each unit allows students

Myster ous music

have learnt, monitor their

own progress and identify